Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
MT 1440 E3
MT 1440 A E3
MT 1840 E3
MT 1840 A E3
MT-X 1440
MT-X 1440 A
MT-X 1840
MT-X 1840 A
REPAIR MANUAL
647231 EN
2
05 / 06 / 2012 - Update
This manual is for information purposes only. Any reproduction, copy, representation, recording, transfer, distribution, or other,
in part or in whole, in any format is prohibited. The plans, designs, views, commentaries and instructions, even the document
organisation that are found in this document, are the intellectual property of MANITOU BF. Any violation of the aforementioned
may lead to civil and criminal prosecution. The logos as well as the visual identity of the company are the property of MANITOU
BF and may not be used without express and formal authorisation. All rights are reserved.
647231EN 1
1 2
GÉNÉRALITÉS, CARACTÉRISTIQUES ET SÉCURITÉS
00
GÉNÉRAlITÉS, cARAcTÉRISTIQUeS eT SÉcURITÉS
00
MOTeUR
10
- CONSIGNES Et SÉCURItÉS GÉNÉRALES
- CARACtÉRIStIQUES GÉNÉRALES
TRANSMISSION
20
- OUtILLAGES GÉNÉRAUX
PONT
30
fReIN
40
flèche
50
hydRAUlIQUe
70
ÉlecTRIcITÉ
80
POSTe de cONdUITe
85
chASSIS - cARROSSeRIe
90
110
OPTIONS - AcceSSOIReS
00
ECU
00-M173FR (29/09/2011)
(29/09/2011) 00-M173FR
00
ENGINE
10
TRANSMISSION
20
AXLE
30
BRAKE
40
BOOM
50
HYDRAULICS
70
ELECTRICITY
80
DRIVER'S CAB
85
FRAME - BODYWORK
90
110
OPTIONS - ATTACHMENTS
GENERAL, CHARACTERISTICS AND SAFETY
00
- GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
AND SAFETY NOTICE
pages
PREAMBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
MAINTENANCE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
RULES FOR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(04/07/2013) 00-00-M179EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
2 NOTICE
00
PREAMBLE
This chapter deals with the general instructions and safety notice during inspection and maintenance
work.
Other instructions and warnings are indicated in each chapter concerned.
Any non-compliance increases the risk of accidents occurring which may lead to causing grievous bodily
harm and even death.
An efficient, dependable and profitable combination will be formed if the operator follows the safety
manual correctly and the machine is serviced properly.
It means: Warning! Be careful! Your safety, somebody else’s or the safety of the lift truck itself
is at risk.
The manufacturer cannot predict all possible risky situations. Consequently, the safety instructions
given in the safety manual are not exhaustive.
At any time, as an operator, you must envisage, within reason, the possible risk to yourself, to others or
to the lift truck itself when you repair, service or drive it.
Manitou cannot be held responsible for the use of any lifting devices, tools or operating methods other
than those specified.
00-00-M179EN (04/07/2013)
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
NOTICE 3
00
MAINTENANCE POSITION
2 4
1 3
(04/07/2013) 00-00-M179EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
4 NOTICE
00
Do not carry out any work on the machine unless you have followed
a suitable training course and have the knowledge required for it.
Make sure you have taken into consideration all the indicator plates
on the machine and in the instruction manual.
ECU
00-00-M179EN (04/07/2013)
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
NOTICE 5
00
Never step on a part of the machine that has not been designed for it.
Never wear clothes, jewelry or objects that could get caught during
work and cause accidents.
(04/07/2013) 00-00-M179EN
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY
6 NOTICE
00
max.
min.
MIN
00-00-M179EN (04/07/2013)
00
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
pages
CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(30/11/2018) 00-01-M179EN
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
2 AND SPECIFICATIONS
00
CHARACTERISTICS
Value
Designation MT 1440 MT 1440 A
MT-X 1440 MT-X 1440 A
Truck weight with standard equipment (unladen) 11115 kg 11795 kg
Value
Designation MT 1840 MT 1840 A
MT-X 1840 MT-X 1840 A
Truck weight with standard equipment (unladen) 11115 kg 11795 kg
00-01-M179EN (30/11/2018)
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS 3
00
DIMENSIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A
A mm 1200 D1
B mm 3070 C1
C mm 1905
C1 mm 1790
D mm 6135
D1 mm 6020
D2 mm 4872 W2
E mm 7335
F mm 1960
F1 mm 1960
G
U2
mm 384
U1
G1 mm 367
N
G2 mm 380
G3 mm 355
P3
H ° 9
G2
Y
H1 ° 9 P2
G1
I
G
mm 1160
Z
D2
J mm 892
C B I
K mm 1040
A D
L mm 50
N mm 1855 E
O mm 125
P2 ° 34 W3
P3 ° 33 J
R mm 3779
S mm 8615
T mm 4183
U1 mm 2452
U2 mm 2640
V mm 5468
V1 mm 1285
H1
V2 mm 3975
W mm 2351
H
W1 mm 3793
G3
W2 mm 1134
W3 mm 2422 F1 F
Y ° 12 W
Z ° 114 W1
V
K
R
O
V2
T
V1
S
(30/11/2018) 00-01-M179EN
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
4 AND SPECIFICATIONS
00
00-01-M179EN (30/11/2018)
00
GENERAL LOCATION
pages
LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(08/07/2013) 00-03-M179EN
2 GENERAL LOCATION
00
00-03-M179EN (08/07/2013)
GENERAL LOCATION 3
00
LOCATION
MANITOU BF 44158 ANCENIS CEDEX FRANCE
Key:
MODELE MODELLO SERIE SERIE
MODEL MODELO SERIES SERIE
3 - Engine number
Potencia ISO/TR14396
Sforzo di trazione
kg
7 - Frame number
Tyres pressure (Bar)
Pressione dei pneumatici (Bar)
Presión de los neumáticos (Bar) N° d'homologation
Homologation Nr
Avant Anteriore Arrière Posteriore N° di omologazione
8 - Boom number
Front Adelante Rear Trasero N° de homologación
9 - Gearbox plate
N°295449
(08/07/2013) 00-03-M179EN
4 GENERAL LOCATION
00
00-03-M179EN (08/07/2013)
00
GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
(02/05/2012) 00-04-M179EN
2 GENERAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
b
STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUES
00
b
M36 x 4 2068 18303 3037 26880 - - - - -
b Where washers are used. the following coefficient is to be applied (FD E 25-502) :
- Plate : +0% - Spring (or Grower) washer without jaws (W) : +10%
- Smooth tapered washer (CL): +5% - Conical. internal teeth (CDJ-JZC) : +15%.
2 - With marking :
4 5 6 7 8
4T 6T 8T
------------ ------------ ------------
5T
(N.m)
7T
(N.m)
11
(flange : 4.8T) (flange : 6.8T) (flange : 8.8T) (flange : 10.9T) (flange : 11.9T)
Ø x Pitch N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in N.m lb-in
5 .4 48 7 .8 69 12 106
M6 x 1 6 .5 57 .5 11 97 (15.5) (137.2) (17.5) (155)
(5.5) (49) (7.5) (66) (12) (106)
13 115 19 168 29 257
M8 x 1.25 16 142 25 221 (38) (336) (42) (372)
(13) (115) (19) (168) (29) (257)
25 221 39 345 61 540
M10 x 1.25 32 283 52 460 (80) (708) (89) (788)
(27) (239) (39) (345) (61) (540)
47 416 72 637 108 956
M12 x 1.25 59 522 95 841 (145) (1283) (160) (1416)
(50) (443) (71) (628) (110) (974)
75 664 108 956 172 1522
M14 x 1.5 91 805 147 1301 (230) (2036) (260) (2301)
(78) (690) (110) (974) (175) (1549)
b
113 1000 172 1522 265 2345
M16 x 1.5 137 1213 226 2000 (360) (3186) (400) (3540)
(120) (1062) (170) (1504) (270) (2390)
use the upper class where spring (or Grower) washers are used.
00-04-M179EN (02/05/2012)
ENGINE
10
- ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION
pages
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(25/06/2013) 10-03-M179EN
2 ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE
10
Air filter
Fuel pump
and filter
Starter
Water pump
Injection pump
Oil filter
Alternator
and belt
Turbo
10-03-M179EN (25/06/2013)
ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION 3
10
Turbo intercooler
Expansion tank
Cooler
Engine
(25/06/2013) 10-03-M179EN
4 ENGINE COMPONENTS LOCATION
10
10-03-M179EN (25/06/2013)
10
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
(25/06/2013) 10-04-M179EN
2 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Position 0
Position 1
Position 2
- To reach maximum engine speed with the accelerator pedal pressed down fully "Position 2".
10
(Maximum engine speed: 2350 rpm no load - 2200 rpm loaded.)
10 mm
Then use attachment lights on support bracket (Item 2) to adjust sensor position (Item 1) so that it
changes status within the accelerator pedal’s 10 mm clearance range.
(25/06/2013) 10-04-M179EN
4 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Trucks concerned: MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1440 HA / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A / MT 1840 HA
10
When assembling accelerator support bracket, adjust nut (Item 1) to obtain a rotational speed of
1650 (±25) rpm.
10-04-M179EN (25/06/2013)
ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5
10
23 daN.m ±10%
11 daN.m ±10%
23 daN.m ±10%
23 daN.m ±10%
11 daN.m ±10%
11 daN.m ±10%
23 daN.m ±10%
23 daN.m ±10%
Hydrostatic version
11 daN.m ±10%
(25/06/2013) 10-04-M179EN
6 ENGINE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
95 N.m ±10%
95 N.m ±10%
44 à 54 N.m
95 N.m ±10%
Hydrostatic version
95 N.m ±10%
95 N.m ±10%
44 à 54 N.m
95 N.m ±10%
10-04-M179EN (25/06/2013)
TRANSMISSION
20
- TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS LOCATION
- TRANSMISSION CONTROL
AND ADJUSTMENT
- TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
- TROUBLESHOOTING (Gearbox
Series PSR09)
- SPECIFIC TOOLING
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
20
pages
(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
2 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
RETURN
CONVERTER PRESSURE
REGULATED PRESSURE
20
Torque converter
37 32
Cooler Lubrication
Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar
31
Modulation
valve
Analogue
pressure
Pressure switch switch
Modulation
valve
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE
3.44/3.94 bars
Pressure
Filter switch
analogue
45 46
Hose
Double
Suction strainer
Breather
Oil tank
20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3
RETURN
CONVERTER PRESSURE
REGULATED PRESSURE
20
Torque converter
37 32
Cooler Lubrication
Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar
31
Modulation
valve
Analogue
pressure
Pressure switch switch
Modulation
valve
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE
3.44/3.94 bars
Analogue
Filter pressure
switch
45 46
Hose
Double
Suction strainer
Breather
Oil tank
(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
4 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
RETURN
CONVERTER PRESSURE
REGULATED PRESSURE
20
Torque converter
37 32
Cooler Lubrication
Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar
31
Modulation
valve
Analogue
pressure
Pressure switch switch
Modulation
valve
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE
3.44/3.94 bars
Pressure
Filter switch
analogue
45 46
Hose
Double
Suction strainer
Breather
Oil tank
20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 5
RETURN
CONVERTER PRESSURE
REGULATED PRESSURE
20
Torque converter
37 32
Cooler Lubrication
Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar
31
INCHING MODULATION VALVE
Pressure switch
Filter
45 46
Hose
Double
Suction strainer
Breather
Oil tank
(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
6 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
RETURN
CONVERTER PRESSURE
REGULATED PRESSURE
20
Torque converter
37 32
Cooler Lubrication
Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar
31
INCHING MODULATION VALVE
Pressure switch
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE Analogue Analogue
3.44/3.94 bars pressure pressure
switch switch
Filter
45 46
Hose
Double
Suction strainer
Breather
Oil tank
20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 7
RETURN
CONVERTER PRESSURE
REGULATED PRESSURE
20
Torque converter
37 32
Cooler Lubrication
Hose Hose
Converter relief valve: 8,5 bar
31
INCHING MODULATION VALVE
Pressure switch
Hose
BY-PASS VALVE Analogue Analogue
3.44/3.94 bars pressure pressure
switch switch
Filter
45 46
Hose
Double
Suction strainer
Breather
Oil tank
(05/07/2013) 20-02-M179EN
8 TRANSMISSION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
20
20-02-M179EN (05/07/2013)
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS LOCATION
20
pages
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(20/01/2011) 20-03-M179EN
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
2 LOCATION
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
20
Rear axle
Gearbox
Filter
Gearbox
Front axle
20-03-M179EN (20/01/2011)
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
LOCATION 3
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooler 20
Gearbox
(20/01/2011) 20-03-M179EN
TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
4 LOCATION
20
20-03-M179EN (20/01/2011)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
20
pages
(22/02/2012) 20-04-M179EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
2 AND ADJUSTMENT
PP-45
PP-46
PP-37
PP-46 P2
P1 PP-31
PP-45 P1
PP-37 PP-32
PP-31
PP-32
Inching Version
Standard version
20-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
AND ADJUSTMENT 3
20
PP-32 Lubricating pressure 1.5 6
Converter inlet
Gearbox PP-37 3,5 12
pressure
Forward Motion
PP-45 0/1 19
clutch pressure
Note:
Two pressure sensitive switches P1 and P2 on the electrovalve enable the Forward Motion clutch pressure
(PP-45) and Reverse Motion clutch pressure (PP-46) to be displayed on the Pad tool.
(22/02/2012) 20-04-M179EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
4 AND ADJUSTMENT
–– Remove cap 1.
20
–– Insert screw 2.
20-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND
ADJUSTMENT 5
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY TIGHTENING TORQUES
63 daN.m ±15%
20
7.1 daN.m 5%
48 daN.m ±10%
48 daN.m ±10%
63 daN.m ±15%
3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m
3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m
63 daN.m ±15%
on
c versi
i
rostat
3.7 daN.m ±0.3daN.m Hyd
48 daN.m ±10%
Rig
ht
nt
Fro 48 daN.m ±10%
63 daN.m ±15%
(22/02/2012) 20-04-M179EN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND
6 ADJUSTMENT
20
20-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING
20
pages
(19/03/2012) 20-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING
2 3 5
1 3 4 5
Consisting of:
20-09-M179EN (19/03/2012)
SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING 3
20
Digital Manometer Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947785
Consisting of:
(19/03/2012) 20-09-M179EN
4 SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION TOOLING
50 MM MACHINED SOCKET
Socket 50 machined to an outer diameter of 65 mm which is used to dismantle the flanges connecting
the transmission shaft to the gearbox.
20
Ø 65
20-09-M179EN (19/03/2012)
AXLE
- AXLE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
30
- SPECIFIC AXLE TOOLING
BRAKE
- BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
- BRAKE REMOVAL
40
- SPECIFIC BRAKE TOOLING
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
pages
SERVICE BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
40
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(20/01/2011) 40-01-M179EN
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
2 AND SPECIFICATIONS
SERVICE BRAKE
MAX
263 Towards
Versrear
pont arrière
drive(Idem
axlepont avant)
ilel (same as front
Oi
Hu
Epicyclic step- drive axle)
Réducteur Èpicycloïdale
down gear
R= 1/6
R = 1/6
76
Maitre-cylindre
Master cylinder
Ø31.74 mm
Cylindrée: 31.65 cm3
Ø 31.74mm
Cyl.: 31.65cm³
40
40-01-M179EN (20/01/2011)
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS 3
PARKING BRAKE
Block
Power supply +
Accumulator
BLOC ALIM+ACCU
40
U3
(20/01/2011) 40-01-M179EN
BRAKE CHARACTERISTICS
4 AND SPECIFICATIONS
40
40-01-M179EN (20/01/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
SERVICE BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
40
–– PEDAL SYSTEM STOP ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– PRESSURE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– BLEEDING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
–– PRESSURE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
–– BLEEDING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– FREEWHEEL AND TOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
2 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
SERVICE BRAKE
–– Use the stop (Item 2) to set the brake pedal (Item 1) to a height of 120 mm above the cab floor
(without floor mat).
–– Adjust the brake pedal free travel (2 to 3 mm clearance at the end of the pedal), unblock the stop-
bolt (Item 4) and turn the push-button (Item 5).
Brake pedal
position at rest
85
40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
PRESSURE CONNECTOR
Location:
PP5
FDar
MC
RLF
90°
40
PP2
FDav
Hydraulic diagram:
PRES O F
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b
NO
b Pp-5
B L1 L 0,32l
N
50b b
Pmv BA Pp-1
P EV
RLF MC
FT
U1
PRES-1
ES. AV.
ES. AR.
90b ±6b
FDav
NF
FDar
O F
< 90b > 110b
Key:
Values:
Min. pressure PP2 31 bar Min. pressure PP5 0 bar
Max. pressure PP2 35 bar Max. pressure PP5 80 bar
(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
4 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
BLEEDING PROCEDURE
Location:
FDar
MC
RLF
VP
VP
40
VP
VP FDav
Key:
40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5
40
3
Loosen the bleed screw, then re-tighten it once the brake fluid
is flowing without air bubbles.
Repeat the operation for the 3 front and rear axle bleed screws.
(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
6 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
PARKING BRAKE
SETTINGS
bb If the total maximum clearance exceeds 2,5 mm, the parking brake needs to be adjusted.
40
Disc
1 0,5
+0,3
0
3
3
4 4
40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7
PRESSURE CONNECTOR
Location:
90°
PP-1
40
RDu
FP BA
Hydraulic diagram:
AC 0,32l
FP 20cm3
50b b
Pmv BA Pp-1
B
EV RDU
75 Microns
FT 12 l/mn
U1
PRES-1
90b ±6b
Ø 0.6
NF
O F
< 90b > 110b A
AC
Key:
(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
8 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
BLEEDING PROCEDURE
–– Connect up cable (Ref. 265865) between parking brake electrovalve (Item 1) and cigarette lighter.
–– Close the bleed screw (Item 2) when flow is constant (no air bubbles).
90°
40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 9
40
Put the towing device in place.
5 5
4 5
(09/02/2011) 40-04-M179EN
10 BRAKE CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
40
40-04-M179EN (09/02/2011)
BRAKE REMOVAL
pages
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
40
–– BRAKE PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– NEGATIVE BRAKE BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(10/02/2011) 40-06-M179EN
2 BRAKE REMOVAL
PARKING BRAKE
40
Key:
40-06-M179EN (10/02/2011)
BRAKE REMOVAL 3
BRAKE PADS
40
3
(10/02/2011) 40-06-M179EN
4 BRAKE REMOVAL
40-06-M179EN (10/02/2011)
SPECIFIC BRAKE TOOLING
pages
40
PARKING BRAKE BLEEDER HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(13/01/2011) 40-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC BRAKE TOOLING
MANITOU Reference
SPARE PARTS:
– TOP MANOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719980
– BOTTOM MANOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719981
– Membrane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661913
– HOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661914
– FLEXIBLE BRAKE (ORANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720693
– VALVE RETRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744747
– SET OF 6 CAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787147
MANITOU Reference
40-09-M179EN (13/01/2011)
BOOM
- BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
50
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
pages
50
(26/06/2013) 50-01-M179EN
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
2 AND SPECIFICATIONS
Consisting of 3 elements:
- 1 fixed
- 2 moving
Deployment:
Boom weight:
- Approx. 2710 KG
50
50-01-M179EN (26/06/2013)
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS 3
Consisting of 4 elements:
- 1 fixed
- 3 moving
Deployment:
Boom weight:
- Approx. 3092 KG
50
(26/06/2013) 50-01-M179EN
BOOM CHARACTERISTICS
4 AND SPECIFICATIONS
50
50-01-M179EN (26/06/2013)
BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
pages
50
(17/12/2010) 50-02-M179EN
2 BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
50
50-02-M179EN (17/12/2010)
BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3
CHAIN BOOM OPERATING MECHANISM
T3 extend chain
50
T2 retract chain
Telescope T3
Telescope T1
Boom foot
(17/12/2010) 50-02-M179EN
4 BOOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
50
50-02-M179EN (17/12/2010)
BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION
pages
50
(17/02/2011) 50-03-M179EN
2 BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION
Item Designation
CSD Double safety valve
CSP Counterbalance valve
T1 Telescope 1
T2 Telescope 2
VT1 Telescope cylinder 1
VT2 Telescope cylinder 2
X134 Retracted boom sensor
X141 ORH panel connector
X194 Intermediate boom extend inductive sensors
X195 Access retractor plug
X202 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
X203 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1
pages
Item Designation
CSD Double safety valve
VT Telescopic boom cylinder
B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1
B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2
B67 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1
B68 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
S34 Retracted boom sensor
S56 Chain tension switch 1
S57 Chain tension switch 2
S58 Chain tension switch 3
S59 Chain tension switch 4
X130 Boom extend connector C1
X131 Boom extend connector C2
X134 Retracted boom sensor
X141 ORH panel connector
X195 Access retractor plug
X202 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2
X203 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1
X232 Chain tension switch 1 connector
X233 Chain tension switch 2 connector
X234 Chain tension switch 3 connector
X235 Chain tension switch 4 connector
50-03-M179EN (17/02/2011)
BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION 3
TX BOOM MAIN COMPONENT LOCATION (3 ELEMENTS)
90°
X141
CSD
CSD
X202
X203
X195 X194
VT2
50
T2
VT1
T1
CSP
X134
(17/02/2011) 50-03-M179EN
4 BOOM COMPONENTS LOCATION
QX BOOM MAIN COMPONENT LOCATION (4 ELEMENTS)
180°
X141
X195
X232
X233
S56
S57
X235
50
X234
VT
S59
S58
X134 / S34
X203
CSD X202
X131 B67
B68
X130
X195
B55
B54
50-03-M179EN (17/02/2011)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
50
–– INNER CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DISMANTLING CHAIN BOOM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
–– STAGES INVOLVED FOR CHANGING CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– "HYDRAULIC KIT" REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
–– "TELESCOPE T2 + T3 ASSEMBLY" REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– "TELESCOPE T3" REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
REASSEMBLING CHAIN BOOM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
–– GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
–– "TELESCOPE T3" REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
–– "TELESCOPE T2 + T3 ASSEMBLY" REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
–– CHAIN TENSION PRESETS DURING REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
–– CHECKING AND SETTING CHAIN TENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
–– "HYDRAULIC KIT" REFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
2 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Specific tooling:
–– Mallet
–– Crowbar
–– Wooden block
–– Rope
50
–– Trestles
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
bb
Check internal chain wear during the dismantling procedure.
"Checking boom chain wear".
bb When changing a chain, replace the pair and measure the difference in length between the chains.
bb Where dismantling and reassembly are performed without changing the chain (worn chains
not replaced with new ones), measure the presetting dimensions on the machine (Items 7 & 8)
before the start of dismantling. These dimensions will be useful for presetting the chain tensions
when reassembling.
"Chain tension pre-sets"
Example of pre-set
50
6
4 1
7 3
5
6
Key:
1 Chain 6 Locknut
2 Chain tensioner 7 Dimension to read on left chain tensioner before
3 Boom dismantling.
4 Belleville washers 8 Dimension to read on right chain tensioner before
5 Nut dismantling.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
4 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
OUTER CHAINS
CHAIN ELONGATION
We recommend that you perform this operation using the chain checking gauge.
25.4 mm 19.05 mm
= = = = = = = =
bb If the maximum dimension is exceeded (228.6 mm +2 % = 233.2 mm), replace the pair of chains.
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5
As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.
15.5 mm
24 mm
bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (24 mm - 2% = 23.5 mm and 15.5 mm
-2 % = 15.2 mm), replace the pair of chains.
As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.
42.25 mm
53.6 mm
50
T2 extend chain T3 extend chain
bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (53.6 mm - 2% = 52.5 mm and 42.25 mm
-2 % = 41.4 mm), replace the pair of chains.
–– In addition to wear, the high pressures between the side of the plates and the pulleys may force out
material, causing the articulations to jam. Replace the pair of chains in this case also.
NOT OK OK
bb If the flats are not aligned in the longitudinal direction of the chain, replace the pair of chains.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
6 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
INNER CHAINS
CHAIN ELONGATION
We recommend that you perform this operation using the chain checking gauge.
19,05 mm x 12 = 228,6 mm
bb
19.05 mm
If the maximum dimension is exceeded (228.6 mm +2 % = 233.2 mm), replace the pair of chains.
As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.
15.5 mm
bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (15.5 mm -2 % = 15.2 mm), replace the
chain or pair of chains.
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7
As for chain elongation, perform a check in the middle of each equal section using a calliper gauge.
42.25 mm
bb If the dimension is less than the minimum dimension (42.25 mm - 2 % = 41.4 mm), replace the
chain or pair of chains.
–– In addition to wear, the high pressures between the side of the plates and the pulleys may force out
material, causing the articulations to jam. Replace the pair of chains in this case also.
50
NOT OK OK
bb If the flats are not aligned in the longitudinal direction of the chain, replace the chain or pair
of chains.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
8 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
GENERAL INFORMATION
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 9
50
The table below shows the various actions to be taken according to the chains to be replaced.
Extend T2
Extract T2+T3 assembly.
Retract T3
Comment:
Retract T2
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
10 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
50
Undo the two screws (Item 6) that hold the bracket (Item 7)
supporting the two hydraulic tubes on the left side of the
6
boom head.
7
6
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 11
Pull the set of five hydraulic tubes (Item 13) to the outside of the
13
13 boom head then unscrew using 27 mm and 30 mm wrenches.
13
13
13 Then use stoppers to plug the hydraulic connections to prevent
any flow of oil.
50
Pull on the set of five hydraulic hoses (Item 14) to pull out the
clamp (Item 15).
15
14
15
Put the hydraulic hoses (Item 14) back inside the boom head so
that they do not become caught when extracting the hydraulic kit.
16
14
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
12 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Unscrew and remove the rear cover (Item 17) attached to the
frame (6 screws).
17
18
19 19
50
20
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 13
Using the special "channel lever" (Item 25), pull the channel
(Item 26) to slacken the hoses (Item 27).
26
25
27
Undo the right hand side "pulley support bracket" (Item 28) by
removing the 3 screws (Item 29) with a 15 mm wrench.
29
29
29
50
28
Remove the right hand pulley (Item 30) from its axle (Item 31).
35
35
34
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
14 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
If possible use the "channel lever" (Item 25) to push the channel
(Item 26) so as to gain better accessibility for undoing the two
screws of the "spring supports"
26
25
Attach electrical harness (Item 38) with a tie (Item 39) to prevent
it being damaged when the hydraulic kit (Item 40) is extracted.
39
38
Pull the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 40) out by about 50 cm so as
to gain access for disconnecting the five hoses and disconnecting
40
electrical connector.
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 15
Use a rope (Item 44) to tie the hoses against the truck so that
they do not hamper hydraulic kit extraction.
44
Pull the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 45) out by about 1 meter.
47
Also pull out the hoses (Item 46) above it to assist extraction.
46
Place the sling and hoist (Item 47) to support the assembly
during extraction.
45
50
46
Pull out the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 45), checking that
hoses (Item 46) come with it.
Set down the "hydraulic kit" assembly (Item 45) on two trestles
48
45 (Item 48).
48
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
16 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
4
⇒⇒ The "Hydraulic kit removal" operation must be completed.
5
Using a 24 mm wrench, undo the nuts and locknuts (Items 1
3 & 2) of the "T3 extend chain tensioners" (Item 3) attached to
2
telescope T1 (Item 4).
1
5
3 Remove the Belleville washers (Item 5).
50
9
10
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 17
Undo the screw (Item 11) of the axle pin that holds the chain
rollers (Item 12) in place on telescope T1 (Item 4).
12
12
11
Use a tube and a mallet (Item 13) to free the roller axle pin (Item 14).
14
50
Remove the circlip (Item 17) from the cylinder pin (Item 18).
17
18
19
21
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
18 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Using a sling and hoist (Item 22), gently lift the cylinder (Item 23)
whilst pulling out cylinder pin (Item 24).
22
23
Use a tube and mallet (Item 25) to free the pin from its housing.
25
24
50
27
28
Undo the four nuts (Item 26) of the "T2 retract chain tensioners"
(Item 29) without removing them.
26
29
26 26
26
29
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 19
Undo the four screws (Item 30) of the "T2 retract chain blades"
(Item 31) attached to the back of telescope T2.
30 31
30 30
30
Remove the two nuts (Item 32) from the "T3 retract chain tensioner"
(Item 33) attached to the front of telescope T1.
32
32
33
50
35 Remove the left hand and upper pads (Item 35) + shims (Item 36) +
35 screws and nuts (Item 37) from the base of telescope T2 (Item 34).
36 37 37
37
37
37 37
35
Remove the brush seal (Item 38) at the bottom of the boom foot
(Item 39).
41
Remove all brush seals (Item 40) from telescope T1 (Item 41).
39
40
38
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
20 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Separate the "T3 retract chain" (Item 42) from its tensioner
(Item 43) by removing the cotter pin (Item 44) and the pin
(Item 45).
45
44
43
42
Place a rope (Item 46) around the links at the end of the chain.
46
50
49
47
48
50
Using a 19 mm socket wrench, undo the sixteen nuts (Item 50) of
the slide pads on telescope T1 (Item 49). Then undo the screws
and remove the pads + shims.
50 50
50 49
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 21
51
Use the sling and hoist (Item 51) to pull out the "telescope T2
+ T3" assembly (Item 52) pulling on the "T3 retract chain" with
the rope (Item 53).
bb
52
53
55
54
50
Position temporary shims (Item 56) between telescope T1 (Item 57)
and T2 (Item 58).
58
This will hold the boom straight and avoid crushing the "T3
retract chain" when moving the sling to the centre of gravity of
57
the T2 + T3 assembly.
56 56
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
22 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
50
6
3 6 ⇒⇒ The "Hydraulic kit removal" and "Telescope T2 + T3 assembly
removal" operations must be completed.
7
Remove the left hand and upper slide pads (Item 5) + shims
7 7 (Item 6) + screws and nuts (Item 7) from the base of telescope
7
T3 (Item 3).
6
7
5
This operation gives increased clearance to facilitate the extraction
7
of telescope T3.
Undo the two nuts (Item 8) of the "pad support bracket" (Item 9).
10
Unscrew the two nuts (Item 10) of the "T3 retract chain blade"
10
9
8 (Item 11) attached to the back of telescope T3.
8
11
Remove the blade.
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 23
Remove all the brush seals (Item 12) from telescope T2 (Item 13).
13 12
Remove the screw (Item 14) from the axle pin (Item 15) of the
rollers (Item 16).
15
Remove the axle pin (Item 15) then the rollers (Item 16).
16 14
50
Undo the sixteen nuts of the slide pads on telescope T2 (Item 17).
17
18 Then undo the screws (Item 18) and remove the pads + shims
19
18 (Item 19).
19
18
19
18
Using a sling and hoist (Item 20), gently lift telescope T3 (Item 21)
then remove the shims located between T2 and T3.
20
21
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
24 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
22
50
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 25
50
GENERAL INFORMATION
bb
During the reassembly procedure:
- Grease the slip face of each slide pad before installation
- Grease the telescope sliding faces.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
26 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
J1
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 27
Insert the two pads (Item 7) and two shims (Item 8) into the top
of telescope T2 (Item 4).
Secure them by tightening their rods and nuts.
9 Insert the four side pads + rods (Item 9) on each side of telescope T2.
4
J3 Insert the two pads + shims + rods on the top of telescope T2.
9
50
Determine the clearance "J4" between the upper pad and the
13 shim (Item 13).
J4
Tighten the rods and nuts of each pad according to the specified
tightening torques.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
28 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Attach the "T3 retract chain blade" (Item 15). Tighten the two
screws (Item 16) to a torque of 95 N.m.
Refit the "pad support bracket" (Item 17) then tighten its two
nuts + washers (Item 18).
18 18
16
50
22
22 Refit all the slide pads (Item 22) at the bottom of telescope T2
(Item 23).
24
22
22
24 22
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 29
1
⇒⇒ The ”Telescope T3 refit“ operation must be completed
Using a sling and hoist (Item 1), insert the "telescope T2 + T3"
assembly (Item 2) into telescope T1 (Item 3).
During this operation, check that the "T3 retract chain" feeds in
smoothly and remains in tension.
Place the "T2 extend chains" on the centre of T2 to ensure that
2 they do not slide to the side.
50
Position temporary shims (Item 4) between telescope T1 (Item 3)
and telescope T2 (Item 5).
5
This will hold the boom straight and avoid crushing the "T3
retract chain" (Item 6) when moving the sling (Item 1) to the
4 boom head position.
4
3
1
1 Reposition the sling (Item 1) at the head of the boom then insert
the "telescope T2 + T3" assembly into telescope T1 (Item 3).
Lift the T2 + T3 assembly and remove the temporary shims (Item 4).
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
30 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
0 +- 0,5
Insert the 2 slide pads (Item 9) + rods (Item 10) to the left hand
11 side of telescope T1 (Item 11).
10
9 Repeat the operation on the right hand side of telescope T1.
10
10
9
10
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 31
Insert the 2 slide pads (Item 12) + shims (Item 13) at the top of
telescope T1 (Item 11).
11
13
12
50
Determine the clearance "J2" between the shim (Item 13) and
14
13 J2 the underside of telescope T1.
15 Insert shims (Item 14) on each slide pad to take up this clearance.
15
Tighten all the nuts of the slide pads (Item 15) to recommended
torque.
15
C1 = 15 N.m ± 15%
15
C2 = 92 N.m ± 15%
Attach the "T3 retract chain" (Item 16) to its tensioner (Item 17)
by refitting the pin and its cotter pin (Item 18).
17
Then fully insert the "telescope T2 + T3" assembly into telescope T1.
16 18
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
32 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Find the "J4" clearance between upper pad (Item 20) and T2
telescope upper side.
Insert a shim (Item 21) to each pad (Item 20) to take up this
22 clearance.
22
Tighten their rods + locating rings + nuts (Item 22).
22
bb Apply "Loctite 243 normal thread lock" to all screw/
insert and nut/screw connections located only on the
inside of the boom.
50
0 +- 0,5
Attach the two "T2 retract chain plates" (Item 23) to the foot of
telescope T2 (Item 24) by tightening the 4 screws (Item 25) to
a torque of 95 N.m.
24
bb Bring the heel of the chain plate tightly against the
seating before tightening the fastening screws.
23
25 23
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 33
28
26
Place the roller (Item 26) and its washer (Item 30).
26
30
50
Insert the "roller axle pin" (Item 31). Remove the rag and place
it on the other side.
31
Repeat the operation for the second roller.
29
Once the second roller and its washer are in place, use a mallet
to fully insert the "roller axle pin" (Item 31).
Remove the rag then screw and tighten the axle pin locking
screw on telescope T1 (Item 29).
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
34 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Attach the two "T2 extend chain tensioners" (Item 35) with pins
and cotter pins (Item 36).
36
35
36
35
39
Insert the Belleville washers (Item 39) then the nuts (Item 40).
40
37
41
Using a sling and hoist (Item 41), refit the cylinder (Item 42) on
42
telescope T1 (Item 43).
Refit and tighten the plates (Item 44) on either side of the cylinder
(Item 42) by tightening the 4 screws (Item 45).
45
45
45
44
44
45
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 35
bb
48
46
50
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
36 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
1
With no worn chain replacement:
50
ΔL
2) Position the “left chain tensioner” at:
X1Left = 65 mm.
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 37
X2 = 90 mm.
Before tightening the nuts (Item 3), protect the cylinder rod
(Item 8).
3
Set the dimension "X3" by turning the nut (Item 3).
50
X3 = dimension measured on machine before dismantling.
X3Left
With worn chain replacement with new:
X3 = 40 mm.
3
X4 = 55 mm.
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
38 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
T3 Underside of chain
Top of T1
107 -010
T2
H2
Bottom
chain
Top of T2
T1
75 -10
0
H1
50
⇒⇒ H1 = 75 0
-10
mm
⇒⇒ H2 = 107 0
-10
mm
bb
Turn their nuts to obtain dimensions "H1" and "H2".
The distance to the underside of the left and right chains must be the same to within 2mm.
4) C
heck that the telescopes are at the mechanical stop. If
they are not, measure the following clearances:
bb
6
T3 T2
T1
7
50-04-M179EN 6 (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 39
Where clearance is greater than 3 mm, carry out the following procedure:
Slacken the T2 extend chain by the value Slacken the T3 retract chain by the difference
of clearance T1/T2 between clearances T1/T2 and T2/T3
Tighten the T2 retract chains by the value Slacken the T2 extend chain by the value
of clearance T1/T2 of clearance T1/T2
No No
Clearance T1/T2 is zero
50
Yes
No No
Clearance T2/T3 > 3 mm Clearance T2/T3 ≤ 3 mm
Yes Yes
No Yes
End of procedure Clearance > 3 mm
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
40 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Note: Where there is a difference in tensioner length on a pair of chains, this difference should be
maintained, do not set the tensioners to the same dimension.
5) Tighten the locknuts of each "chain tensioner" once all chain tensions have been set. Tighten the
locknuts to a torque of:
C = 85 N.m
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 41
Using a sling and hoist, position the "Hydraulic kit" at rear of truck.
50
Apply a layer of grease to the channel within the pad support
areas between channel and pads attached onto telescope T3.
Feed the hoses and the electrical harness (Item 2) into the channel
by sliding them over the special tool (Item 1).
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
42 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
3
bb Place an oil container to recover any flow of oil from
the hoses.
bb
6 6
4
The "Spring support" should be fixed in a hight position
in the holes as shown in the photograph.
5
50
7
9
Pre-assemble two pulleys (Item 10) with the axle pin (Item 11).
10
10
11
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 43
Position the "pulley + axle pin" assembly (Item 12) with hoses
(Item 13).
13
12
15
15
15
14
50
Screw in the grease nipple (Item 16).
Refit the "hose guide" (Item 17). Tighten the two screws (Item 18)
on each side. Apply "Loctite 243 normal threadlock".
18
16
17
18
(22/02/2012) 50-04-M179EN
44 BOOM CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
50-04-M179EN (22/02/2012)
SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING
pages
CHANNEL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
HOSE ROUTING SUPPORT TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HOSE TENSION ADJUSTMENT GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CHAIN CHECKING GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
50
(06/10/2011) 50-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING
CHANNEL LEVER
90°
50
690 mm
100 mm
50-09-M179EN (06/10/2011)
SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING 3
630
mm
45 mm
120°
mm
170
50
600 mm
70 mm
124 mm
(06/10/2011) 50-09-M179EN
4 SPECIFIC BOOM TOOLING
60 m
m
30 m
m
mm
120
50
50-09-M179EN (06/10/2011)
HYDRAULICS
- HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
70
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
70
PVG 32 VALVE BANK (ATTACHMENT ELEMENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
PILOT SAFETY VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DUMP CORRECTION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
HYDRAULIC DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
STABILISER COUNTERBALANCE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DOUBLE TELESCOPE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
“ACCESS” DISCHARGE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
COMPLETE ELECTROVALVE (OPTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
CONTROL HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
CONTROL HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
TX TELESCOPE DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
FLOW DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SD 8/8 DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
PRIORITY FLOW DIVIDER (DPP)
Values for information purposes only.
Role:
EF
- Supply for several receptors from only one pump.
- Maintaining priority for steering and brake power supply.
CF
LS
70
1
LS CF EF
DDP
1 - Calibrated connection.
2 2 - Strainer.
3 3 - Spring slide.
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
3
LS CF EF
EF
CF
LS
Once the engine has started, the pump outputs in a line crossing the priority flow divisor.
The pressure increases until it compresses the spring, which changes the position of the slide.
This slide position change causes direct line connections with the valve.
LS CF EF
EF
CF
70
LS
The steering and the master-cylinder are priorities. It is impossible to maneuver the valve.
As soon as the steering orbitrol or the master-cylinder are subject to stress, this information is given to
the priority flow divisor.
This information causes a change in the position of the slide, so as to supply the steering and braking
with power in priority.
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
4
R
B
Role:
N P
A
A
R B
70
L1
L
C
A-A
B L1 L -P : Power pressure.
N
RLF -L : LS pressure (Signal line).
- L1 : LS direction pressure.
-N : Return to tank.
R -B : Braking pressure.
-R : Connexion RLF.
- RLF : LHM tank.
P
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
5
L1 P
N
1 B L1 L
N
RLF
Pressure from the block accumulator arrives on P. The ball (1) prevents oil from passing because it is
held on its seat.
The pilot line is connected to the tank return because the master cylinder is not used, therefore L is
connected to N.
L1 P
N
B L1 L
N
RLF
When the driver starts to press on the pedal, all components are in contact with each other. In this case,
70
the return tank is switched off from the LS line (L).
The master cylinder is ready to send pressure to the brakes using the power system.
L1 P
N
3 2 B L1 L
N
1 RLF
4 P
The driver presses fully down on the pedal. With the movement of the slide (2), the needle (3) pushes
the ball (1) to enable pressure to be sent onto the power piston (4).
The master-cylinder sends pilot pressure to the flow divisor to give priority to braking.
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
C
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
6
T
P
Role:
L
– Direct and dose the flow in order to supply the steering
R circuit.
– It is a rotating distributor.
LS
R L
1. Secondary relief valve.
2. Distributor pump.
1
3. Main relief valve.
70
2
200 cm³/tr
3 -P : Pressure.
-T : Tank return.
LS -R : Exit towards the right side.
-L : Exit towards the left side.
- LS : Pilot line.
T P
Note:
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
7
R L
When the driver turns the steering wheel towards the right, he passes
the flow rate from P to R and sends pilot pressure towards the divisor
to get priority.
LS
T P
R L
T P
R L
70
When the wheels are on full lock, the pressure in the steering circuit
rises. The LS line operates the relief valve and directs the flow to the
tank.
LS
T P
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
8
Role :
T0
B4
- Limit pilot pressure of the pilot heads.
Pgauge
A5
A4
M
A4 B4 A5 B5
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T
LS
2 bar
70
Ø 0.6
1 VS
Pp
Ø 0.7
2 270 bar
3
4
P2
15 bar
EE
5
13 bar
M
TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
Pgauge
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
9
LS
LS
TO P Pp
Pgauge
Ø 0.6
70
ΔP will be nil. A build up in pressure will start from 15 bar (spring relief
valve calibration).
TO P Pp
Pgauge
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
10
Role:
T0
A3 B5
3 2 A
B4 B A
Pgauge 1 1
A5
5
A4
4
1 - Clapets antichocs.
2 - Circuit selector.
3 - Pressure balance. T
P
T
4 - Steering head
5 - Valve slide.
A4 B4 A5 B5
3 1
70
2 A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T
190 b
4
LS
6b
Ø 0.6
VS
Ø 0.7 Pp
P2
EE
TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
5
Pgauge
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
11
Pp
A1 B1
P
T
70
ET
To
Ls
Oil goes through the valve, then through the pressure balance.
P
T
ET
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
12
T0
B1
P B2
A1 T
B3
A2
A3 B5
B4
Pgauge A5
A4
A4 B4 A5 B5
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T
70
LS
Ø 0.6
VS
Ø 0.7 Pp
P2
EE
280 bar
TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
Pgauge
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
13
Role:
T0
- Enable several receptors to be supplied depending on
the deviator sliding pilot.
B1
P B2
A1 T
B3
A2
A
A3 B5
B4
Pgauge A5
A4 B A 2
T T
1 - Deviator.
2 - Valve slide. 4
3 - Pressure balance.
4 - Circuit selector.
LSB LSA
3 P
70
A4 B4 A5 B5
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T
1
LS
Ø 0.6
VS
Ø 0.7 Pp
P2
EE 3
4
M
TO P Pp ET EL EI ES EA +(ECD,Esd,Esg)
Pgauge
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
14
A B
A B
Ls
P
T
requirements.
Ls
P
T
What is the max. pressure in line B if the main relief valve is calibrated at 200 bar?
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
15
Role:
V2
70
C1 C2
1 3 1 - Temporization screws.
2 2 - By-pass valve.
4
3 - Slide with max. adjustment screw.
Note:
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
16
C1 C2
V1 V2
C1 C2
V1 V2
70
When a position is secured, no component is able to exert sufficient pressure to open the valve.
C1 C2
V1 V2
When the cylinder is pushed, the supply (no-return valve to pass) and return are free.
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
17
Role :
V2
V1
2 C2 C1 2 1 - Non-return valve.
2 - Balancing valve.
1 1
V2 V1
70
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
18
HYDRAULIC DISTRIBUTOR
Values for information purposes only.
T
B
A
LC
LC
LC
LS
A B A B A B LS
Ø0,8
70
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
19
Role :
2
M
C2
V1
M1
V2
C2 1 - Non-return valve.
C1 M1 2 - Balancing valve.
2
1 M2
70
2
V1 V2
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
20
Role :
C1
- Insulates the cylinder in case of hose breakage.
C2
- Cylinder movement requires the starting of the I.C.
engine.
V1
- Limits max. pressure due to impacts.
V2
70
C1 C2
300b 1 1 300b 1 - Balancing valve.
2 - By-pass ring.
3 - Temporization screws.
2 2
3
V1 3 V2
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
21
P
Role :
C P1
- Discharge or accumulative flow from two different hydraulic
lines.
T
LS
C
PRES 3 1 - Non-return valve.
2 - Tank slide.
70
1 3 - Pilot electrovalve.
T
2 10 bar
Ø1
LS
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
22
When engine speed is less than 1300 rpm, there is no flow accumulation.
T The electrovalve is controlled electrically. No pressure is applied by
the spring.
From more than 10 bar, steering pump flowrate is therefore directed
LS towards the tank.
C
PRES
From more than 1300 rpm, flow accumulation is only done for telescope
T / lifting / tilting requests. The electrovalve is no longer supplied.
The accumulation of two pumps is done when the ΔP between the
pressure line and the LS line is lower than 10 bar.
LS (LS + 10 bar > Main Pressure)
P
70
C
PRES
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
23
P1
P2 C2
C3
C1
C4
C4 C2
2 Key :
70
1 1
P2 P1
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
24
Role :
V2
C2
Pil
1 - Non-return valve.
2 - Balancing valve.
2
Pil
C2 V2
320b +20
70
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
25
CONTROL HEAD
Values for information purposes only.
Role :
T0
B4
A5
Usc
A4
Ubat 0V
B A
8
7
Key : 1 3 Pp
Usp
1, 2, 3, 4. Electrovalves.
5. Slide position sensor. 2 4
6. Valve slide.
7. Electronic card.
70
8. LED voltage 12V.
Pp. Pilot pressure. 5 6
Usc. Control signal (manipulators).
Ubat. Supply to the control component.
Usp. Position sensor signal.
4
3 2
1 Pins Appellation Description
Signal voltage:
1 Vin 0,25 x Vbat +
0,75 x Vbat +
2 Vbat + Voltage terminal
3 Vbat- Chassis
4 Error
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
26
Signal = 0.50 x U
B A
Consequences:
- No excited electrovalve.
1 3 Pp
- No slide movement.
(No flowrate towards «A» and
2 4 «B».)
Signal = 0.25 x U
B A
Consequences:
1 3 Pp
- Max. movement of slide towards «A».
2 4 (Max flowrate towards «A».)
Signal = 0.75 x U
B A
Consequences:
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
27
CONTROL HEAD
Values for information purposes only.
T0 Role :
A5
Usc
A4
Ubat 0V
B A
8
7
Key : 1 3 Pp
Usp
1 . 2. Electrovalves.
5. Slide position sensor.
6. Valve slide.
70
7. Electronic card.
8. LED voltage 12V. 5 6
Pp. Pilot pressure.
Usc. Control signal (manipulators).
Ubat. Supply to the control component.
Usp. Position sensor signal.
4
3 2
1 Pins Appellation Description
Signal voltage:
1 Vin 0,25 x Vbat +
0,75 x Vbat +
2 Vbat + Voltage terminal
3 Vbat- Chassis
4 Error
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
28
Signal = 0.50 x U
B A
Consequences:
- No excited electrovalve.
1 3
- No slide movement.
(No flowrate towards «A» and
«B».)
Signal = 0.25 x U
B A
Consequences:
- Electrovalve 1 excited.
70
1 3
Signal = 0.75 x U
B A
Consequences:
- Electrovalve 3 excited.
1 3
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
29
TX
TXTELESCOPE DOUBLE
TELESCOPING COUNTERBALANCE
DOUBLE SAFETY VALVE VALVE bf2,3
Values for information purposes only.
Role :
70
C1 C2
300b 300b 2
1 1 1 - Balancing valve
2
2 - By-pass ring
110b
3 - Time delay screw
3
3
V1 V2
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(01/02/2011)
(19/01/2011) 70-01-M179EN
F70-3-0035EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
30
FLOW DISTRIBUTOR
Values for information purposes only.
SPi
Role:
EPi
70
SPi
B
EPi
A
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
31
C
If «SPi» is supplied at a maximum, the passage
from «A» to «C» is open to the maximum. That
corresponds to maximum flow.
B SPi
EPi
A
A = Valve bank
B = TanK
C = Lifting cylinder.
C =X%
If «SPi» is supplied at X %, the passage of «A» to «C»
is open at X % that corresponds to X % ofthe flow.
Pressure is thus greater upstream of «SPi».
70
«EPi» is opened and flow goes from the reservoir in
B SPi
proportion to the solenoid valve supply.
EPi
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
32
SD 8/8 DISTRIBUTOR
Role:
P2
- Limit maximum pressure.
L P2 B8 A8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D 200b 280b 210b
Pp-9
b 160b
NO NF NF NF NO
VS
M2 B B B B B
V A
NF
A
NF
A
NF
A
NF
A
NF
M
VS 2 180b
270b
VS
T
Ac
LP
LP
Ac
VS
Contact
L P2 B8 A8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D LP 200b 280b 210b
Pp-9
70
b 160b
NO NF NF NF NO
VS PRES
33b ±1b
M2 B B B B B F O
A A A A A NF < 33b > 40b
V NF NF NF NF NF
M
VS 2 180b
Pp-8
LP
b
Ac 270b
Note:
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
34
Pp-8
b
270b
EE
Pp-8
70
b
270b
EE
T1 T
The flow passes through all the distributor elements before collecting
to be sent to the tank.
160b
ES
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
35
M2
The flow passes through the safety valve and returns to the tank.
V
VS 2 180b
EE2
L P2
D
The valve VS moves after having received current on the coil.
Pp-9
The flow is directed towards the valve slides. b
M2
V
70
VS 2 180b
EE2
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
36
A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B
T P
T1
EI
B5 A5
The slide moves downwards following operator action. 200 bar 280 bar
P1
The flow is directed to A5 and the pressure on the tilting movement
increases. A
B
T P
70
T1
EI
B5 A5
200 bar 280 bar The slide moves upwards following operator action.
A
The flow is directed to B5 and the pressure on the tilting movement
B
increases.
T P
T1
EI
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
37
280 bar
P1 The slide is in the neutral position.
NF
A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B
NF
T P
T1
EL
B4 A4
70
T1
EL
B4 A4
T P
T1
EL
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
38
A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B
T P
T1
ESG
B3 A3
T P
70
T1
ESG
B3 A3
T P
T1
ESG
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
39
P1
The slide is in the neutral position.
A The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
B
T P
T1
ECD
B1 A1
70
T1
ECD
B1 A1
T P
T1
ECD
(01/02/2011) 70-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
40
The flow passes through the spool and returns to the tank.
T P
T1
EA
B6 A6
T P
70
T1
B6 A6 EA
T P
T1
EA
70-01-M179EN (01/02/2011)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
pages
70
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A1
MT 1440
pages
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
70
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
A2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A3
MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440
KEY
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR K2
BE SEALING PLUG S7
BR BREATHER PLUG Q6
CA SUCTION STRAINER S11
CAR CHECK VALVE Q16/I30
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I36/I41/M39
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE K15
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G28/I14/M31
D 9-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR Q18
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S35
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S34
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S32
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S31
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S27
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S26
ET1 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1 S24
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S23
ET2 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 2 S21
EE2 - INLET ELEMENT 2 S19
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR C11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A12
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12
70
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E26 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE C23 OPTION
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE E16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE E2
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE G6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q7 With clogging indicator
M ENGINE Q11 TURBO 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C7
MR COOLER MOTOR Q13
N LEVEL S6
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q11
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A28/ OPTION
E18/G18
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP E11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR K6/M6/M2/M4
A7/I33/G34 S38/
Q18
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G38/K8/Q38
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR G18 OPTION
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
A4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
R HYDRAULIC TANK S8
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G5
RF OIL COOLER Q14
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C6
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C20 OPTION
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I31
VRD FLOW REDUCTION VALVE M31
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q36/S19
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER I34 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER K40 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER E14
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER E4
VI TILTING CYLINDER E28 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER I32 SIZE 170x85 C1100
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER I41 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER I37 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT1 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 1 K18 SIZE 120x65 C3766
VT2 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 2 I18 SIZE 100x60 C3834
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C18 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION
(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)
Note:
• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
70
• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 _ MT-X 1440)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
PRES O F
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b 2
NO 3 1
3 2 1 VTSDL(O)
B L1 L
N VAI(O)
1 2 3 4 3 4
A B T
D3
3 2 1
RLF MC P P
C VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2 C
PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
VAI(O)
PONT AVANT
PONT ARRIERE
1
x
200b FDar
PD 200b
C4
2 C3
PAAV(O) C2
E
200 cm3/tr
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O) E
2 EVTF(O)
VI
x
LS 140b
Standard x 1
T P C1 C2
PAAV(O) P2 P1 CSP2 320b +20
0
(2 PRISES)
P2 P1
FP 20cm3 110b O F
G PRES < 36.2b > 50b
G
V1 V2 50b ±2b
PRF(O)
B C2 b Pp-7 NO NO NO NO
RDU A A A A
Pil
75 Microns Pp-6
12 l/mn VSG VSD
32
b
V2
0b
+2
0
0
(TETE) VIC
Ø 0.6 VT2 CAR
I VC I
0b C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1
A C1 C2
320b +20 CPD1 CPD2
AC
0
Pmv Pp-1 V1 V2 V1 V2 V2 V1
BA
70
conjonction : 123b (PIED)
disconjonction : 145b
EV
K VT1 K
FT C1 C2
RV1
U1 370b +20
0
VCD
0.5b
PRES-1 C1 C2
Beta 13.2 (2) =200
90b ±6b
RV2
45b
+10b
180b
+15b
NF CSD 300b 300b
30b ±3b
0.5b 110b CSP3
O F
110b V1 V2
< 90b > 110b
O O
L P2 B8 A8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D 200b 280b 210b
RF CAR
FR Pp-9
2b
LS CF EF 160b
b
Q 2.5b P 3b
VS PRES Q
BR M2 B
NO
B
NF
B
NF
B
NF
B
NO 33b ±1b
16µm F O
135 l/mn
300 l/mn 8b
MR D V A A A A A NF < 33b > 40b
0.03b
M NF NF NF NF NF
160b M
BE 27.3 cm3/tr 45 cm3/tr VS 2 180b
Pp-8
17.1 cm3/tr
19cm³ /tr b
CA P T 270b
N
S 135µm 160 L/mn
S
R
EE2 ET2 ES ET1 EA EI EL Esg Esd ECD EE
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
A6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5
70
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
B2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B3
MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840
KEY
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR K2
BE SEALING PLUG Q7
BR BREATHER PLUG Q6
CA SUCTION STRAINER S11
CAR CHECK VALVE I30/Q16
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I36/I41/M39
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE K14
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G28/K31
D 9-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR O18
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S35
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S34
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S32
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S31
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S27
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S26
ET1 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1 S24
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S23
ET2 TELESCOPE ELEMENT 2 S21
EE2 - INLET ELEMENT 2 S19
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR C11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A12
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12
70
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E27 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE E23 OPTION
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE E16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE E2
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE G6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q7 With clogging indicator
M ENGINE Q11 TURBO 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C7
MR COOLER MOTOR Q13
N LEVEL S6
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q11
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A28/E18/ OPTION
G18
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP E11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR K6/M6/M2/M3 A7/
I33/G34 S38/Q18
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G38/K8/Q38
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR G19 OPTION
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
B4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
R HYDRAULIC TANK S8
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G5
RF OIL COOLER Q14
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C6
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C20 OPTION
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I31
VRD FLOW REDUCTION VALVE M31
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q19/Q36
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER I34 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER K40 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER E14
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER E4
VI TILTING CYLINDER E28 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER I32 SIZE 170x85 C1157
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER I41 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER I37 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT TELESCOPE CYLINDER I17 SIZE 115x75 C3730
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C18 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION
(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)
Note:
• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
70
• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 _ MT-X 1840)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
PRES O F
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b 2
NO 3 1
B L1 L
3 2 1 VTSDL(O)
N VAI(O)
1 2 3 4 3 4
A BT
D3
3 2 1
RLF MC P P
C VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2 C
PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
PONT ARRIERE
VAI(O)
PONT AVANT
x
FDar
PD 200b 200b
C4
2 C3
PAAV(O) C2
E
200 cm3/tr
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O) E
x 2 EVTF(O)
VI
LS 140b
Standard x 1
T P C1 C2
PAAV(O) P2 P1 CSP2 320b +20
0
(2 PRISES)
P2 P1
FP 20cm3 110b O F
G PRES < 36.2b > 50b
G
V1 V2 50b ±2b
PRF(O)
B C2 b Pp-7 NO NO NO NO
RDU A A A A
Pil
75 Microns Pp-6
12 l/mn VSG VSD
32
b
V2
0b
+2
0
0
VIC
Ø 0.6
CAR
I VC I
VT 0b C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1
A
CPD1 CPD2
AC VL 100b 280b M2 M2 280b 100b
0,32l
50b b
Pmv Pp-1 V1 V2 V2 V1
BA
70
conjonction : 123b
disconjonction : 145b
EV C1 C2
K C1 C2 370b +20
0
K
FT
RV1
CSD VCD
U1 300b 300b
Beta 13.2 (2) =200
0.5b
PRES-1
RV2 90b ±6b 110b CSP3
45b 180b NF V1 V2
0.5b +10b +15b
30b ±3b O F
< 90b > 110b
V2 V1 C
Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T
CPD3 C2 C1
350b 350b
M
b 13 b b
VRD M
0,7 l
V2 V1
B Ø1
AC
A
O O
P2 A8 B8 T1 T B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 P
D 200b 280b 210b
RF CAR
FR
2b
LS CF EF
2.5b P 3b
180b
VS PRES
BR Pp-9 B
NO
B
NF
B
NF
B
NF
B
NO 33b ±1b
Q 16µm F O Q
135 l/mn
300 l/mn 8b
MR D b A A A A A NF < 33b > 40b
M 210b NF NF NF NF NF
0.03b
160b M2 M
BE 27.3 cm3/tr 45 cm3/tr VS 2
Pp-8
17.1 cm3/tr
19cm³ /tr b
CA P T 270b
N
135µm 160 L/mn
R
S S
EE2 ET2 ES ET1 EA EI EL Esg Esd ECD EE
L V
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
B6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C5
70
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
C2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C3
MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A
KEY
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4/K32/I32
AD DECOMPRESSION ACCUMULATOR Q37
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR I3
BE SEALING PLUG S5
BR BREATHER PLUG Q4
CA SUCTION STRAINER S9
CAR CHECK VALVE K22/O11/O21/Q14
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I34/I39/I40
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE K13
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G19/I12/I26
D1 4-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR O25
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S25
ET - TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1, 2, 3 S27
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S31
COMMON ELEMENT
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S34
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S35
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S33
D2 CD, SD and SG VALVE K35
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR A11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A13
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12
70
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12
DBE AXLE LOCKING VALVE BANK S16
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E27 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE E23 OPTION
F FILTER Q16/S37
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE C16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE C3
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE E6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q5 With clogging indicator
M TURBO I.C. ENGINE Q9 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C8
MR COOLER MOTOR Q11
N LEVEL S3
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q9
PAAV FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR E19
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A29 OPTION
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP C11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR I6/K5/K2/K3/A8
I23/I24/Q37/S27
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
C4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G36/K7
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR E19 OPTION
PS ORH EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT MANUAL PUMP Q19
R HYDRAULIC TANK S6
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G6
RF OIL COOLER Q12
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C7
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C21 OPTION
VD DISCHARGE VALVE K12
VDA ACCUMULATOR DISCHARGE VALVE K31
VDL LIFTING DISCHARGE VALVE I30
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I21
VLP PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE K30
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q25
VBE AXLE LOCKING CYLINDER S19 SE 70 C 163
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER K24 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER G41 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER C15
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER C4
VI TILTING CYLINDER G19 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER G27 SIZE 170x85 C1100
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER G39 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER G34 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT1 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 1 I16 SIZE 120x65 C3766
VT2 TELESCOPE CYLINDER 2 G16 SIZE 100x60 C3834
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
70
Note:
• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1440 A _ MT-X 1440 A)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
PRES O F
3 1
PAAV(O) PAAV(O) PAAV(O)
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b
(2 PRISES) (2 PRISES) VVT(O) (2 PRISES)
NO AV AR VTSDL(O)
A b Pp-5 3 2 1 VAI(O) A
1 2 3 4 3 4
B L1 L
N A B T
D3
3 2 1
P
VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2 PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
RLF MC P VAI(O)
1
C C
PONT ARRIERE
PONT AVANT
x
FDav VDav R L VDar
C4
FDar C3
PD 200b 200b
2
PAAV C2
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O)
200 cm3/tr
2
EVTF(O)
PAAV
E LS 140b (2 PRISES) 1 E
T P
P2 P1
PRF(O)
FP 20cm3 P2 P1
O F
PRES < 36.2b > 50b
(TETE)
B VI
50b ±2b
G RDU VT2 G
VL
75 Microns
12 l/mn NO NO NO NO VCD
C1 C2 A A A A
320b +20
C1 C2 VSG VSD
CSP2
0
320b +20
0
Ø 0.6 CSP1
110b
AC A
110b
0,32l V1 V2 V2
V1 C1 C2 P-IN C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1 C2 C1
50b b (PIED) CSP3 370b +20
0
AC CPD2 350b 350b
I C2 T 25b
100b 280b M2 M2 280b 100b I
b Pp-7 0,6L
Pmv BA Pp-1 VT1 ACC
Pil
conjonction : 123b
disconjonction : 145b
Pp-6 110b CPD3 V2 V1
V1 V2
32
b
EV C1 C2 V2 VDL V1 V2 V2 V1 Ø1
0b
CPD1
+2
0
0
FT CSD 300b VIC
RV1
U1
300b
or
0.5b
PRES-1 CAR VC
Beta 13.2 (2) =200
110b A B A B A B LS
70
RV2
45b 180b
90b ±6b
NF
AC D2
0.5b +10b +15b 0b 25b
K 30b ±3b O F 0,6L
Ø0.8
K
< 90b > 110b VLP
V1 V2 VDA
Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T 2 1 P
b 13 b b C VD T
0,7 l
P1
AC
T
M 10 b
Ø1
M
LS
P A5 B5 A4 B4
150 l/mn
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
180 l/mn
100 l/mn Sur la fonderie
du distributeur:
A5 -> A1
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T B5 -> B1
A4 -> A2
B4 -> B2
D1 265b
O 190b 190b O
LS 265b 280b
210b
190b
2b
CAR
A CAR 2b 6b 6b 6b
A B
Ø0.6
FR RF CAR 2b
2b
LS CF EF
AD
P PS VS
Ø0.7 Pp 7b
2.5b
3b T 0,7L
Q BR F 270b Q
16µm
8b
135 l/mn
300 l/mn
MR D
10µm
Alim. Purge Alim.
Purge Pp-8
M b
M 15b
0.03b
160b
b
Pp-9
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
C6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D5
70
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
D2 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D3
MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A
KEY
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
AC ACCUMULATOR I4/M4/K32/I32
AD DECOMPRESSION ACCUMULATOR Q37
BA FEED BLOCK + ACCUMULATOR I3
BE SEALING PLUG S5
BR BREATHER PLUG Q4
CA SUCTION STRAINER S9
CAR CHECK VALVE K22/O11/O21/Q14
CPD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I34/I39/I40
CSD DOUBLE COUNTERBALANCE VALVE I12
CSP PILOT SAFETY VALVE G19/I25
D1 4-ELEMENT DISTRIBUTOR O25
EE - MAIN INLET ELEMENT S25
ET - TELESCOPE ELEMENT 1, 2, 3 S27
EL - LIFTING ELEMENT S29
EI - TILTING ELEMENT S31
COMMON ELEMENT
EA - ATTACHMENT ELEMENT S34
ECD - FRAME LEVELING ELEMENT S35
Esd - RIGHT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
Esg - LEFT STABILIZER ELEMENT S35
ES - OUTLET ELEMENT S33
D2 CD, SD and SG VALVE K35
D3 3-POSITION STEERING DISTRIBUTOR A11
- POSITION 1: SHORT STEERING A13
- POSITION 2: FRONT WHEEL STEERING A12
70
- POSITION 3: CRAB POSITION A12
DBE AXLE LOCKING VALVE BANK S16
EVAA(O) REAR ATTACHMENT ELECTROVALVE E27 OPTION
EVTF(O) BOOM HEAD ELECTROVALVE E23 OPTION
F FILTER Q16/S37
FDar REAR DISC BRAKE C16
FDav FRONT DISC BRAKE C3
FP NEGATIVE BRAKE E6 With clogging indicator
EN RETURN FILTER Q5 With clogging indicator
M TURBO I.C. ENGINE Q9 74.5 kw 1104D-44 TA
- IDLE SPEED 850 rpm (±10)
- NOMINAL RPM LOADED 2,200 rpm
- MAX. RPM UNLADEN 2350 rpm
MC MASTER CYLINDER C8
MR COOLER MOTOR Q11
N LEVEL S3
P HYDRAULIC PUMP Q9
PAAV FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR E19
PAAV(O) FRONT ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR A21/A23/A29 OPTION
PAAR(O) REAR ATTACHMENT PLUG C28 OPTION
PD STEERING PUMP C11
Pp PRESSURE CONNECTOR I6/K6/K2/K3/A8
I23//I24/Q37/S27
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
D4 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A
Position on
Item Designation Characteristics (Options)
diagram
PRES PRESSURE SWITCH A6/G36/K7
PRF(O) LEAKAGE RETURN CONNECTOR E19 OPTION
PS ORH EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT MANUAL PUMP Q19
R HYDRAULIC TANK S6
RDU UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REDUCER G6
RF OIL COOLER Q12
RLF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR C7
VAI(O) ISOLATION VALVE A27/C21 OPTION
VD DISCHARGE VALVE K12
VDA ACCUMULATOR DISCHARGE VALVE K31
VDL LIFTING DISCHARGE VALVE I30
VIC COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE I21
VLP PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE K30
VS SAFETY VALVE * Q25
VBE AXLE LOCKING CYLINDER S19 SE 70 C 163
VC COMPENSATING CYLINDER K24 DE 110x55 C 485
VCD BANKING CORRECTOR CYLINDER G41 SIZE 120x55 C 158
VDar REAR STEERING CYLINDER C15
VDav FRONT STEERING CYLINDER C4
VI TILTING CYLINDER G19 SIZE 150x75 C 355
VL LIFTING CYLINDER G27 SIZE 170x85 C1157
VSD RIGHT STABILISER CYLINDER G39 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VSG LEFT STABILISER CYLINDER G34 SIZE 125x60 C 486
VT TELESCOPE CYLINDER G15 SIZE 115x75 C3730
VTS DL (O) SINGLE SIDE-SHIFT CARRIAGE CYLINDER A18
VVT(O) CARRIAGE LOCKING CYLINDER A25/C19 SIZE 60x45 C 183 - OPTION
70
(cuts out any aggravating movements when machine reaches its stability limits)
Note:
• The calibration pressures of the main relief valves on the inlet elements are given for maximum
engine speed.
• The calibration pressures of the secondary relief valves are at an engine speed of 1,000 rpm.
• The pressure relief valves should be adjusted at an oil temperature of 50°C.
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D5
HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM (MT 1840 A _ MT-X 1840 A)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
PRES O F
3 1
PAAV(O) PAAV(O) PAAV(O)
3b ±0.124b < 2.41b > 3b
(2 PRISES) (2 PRISES) VVT(O) (2 PRISES)
NO AV AR VTSDL(O)
A b Pp-5 3 2 1 VAI(O) A
1 2 3 4 3 4
B L1 L
N A B T
D3
3 2 1
VVT(O) C4 C1 C3 C2
P PAAR(O)
(1 ou 2 PRISES)
RLF MC P VAI(O)
1
C C
PONT ARRIERE
PONT AVANT
x
FDav VDav R L VDar
C4
FDar C3
PD 200b 200b
2
PAAV C2
(2 PRISES) 1
C1 EVAA(O)
200 cm3/tr
2
EVTF(O)
PAAV
E LS 140b (2 PRISES) 1 E
T P
P2 P1
PRF(O)
FP 20cm3 P2 P1
O F
PRES
B VT VI
50b ±2b
< 36.2b > 50b
G RDU G
75 Microns
12 l/mn VL NO NO NO NO VCD
A A A A
C1 C2 VSG VSD
CSP2 320b +20
0
Ø 0.6
AC 110b
A C1 C2 P-IN
0,32l
C1 C2 V1 V2 CSP3 370b +20
0
AC C1 C2 M1 M1 C2 C1 C2 C1
50b b CSD T 25b
0,6L
CPD2 350b 350b
32
b
EV V2 V1 V2 V2 V1 Ø1
0b
CPD1
+2
0
0
FT V2 VIC or
RV1
U1 V1
0.5b
PRES-1 CAR VC
Beta 13.2 (2) =200
AC A B A B A B LS
70
RV2
45b 180b
90b ±6b
NF 25b D2
0.5b +10b +15b 0b 0,6L
K 30b ±3b O F VLP Ø0.8
K
< 90b > 110b VDA
Ppv Pd Pp-d U2 Pp-2 T 2 1 P
b 13 b b C VD T
0,7 l
P1
AC
T
M 10 b
Ø1
M
LS
P A5 B5 A4 B4
150 l/mn
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
180 l/mn
100 l/mn Sur la fonderie
du distributeur:
A5 -> A1
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T B5 -> B1
A4 -> A2
B4 -> B2
D1 265b 280b
O 210b 190b O
LS 265b
210b
210b
2b
CAR
A CAR 2b 6b 6b 6b
A B
Ø0.6
FR RF CAR 2b
2b
LS CF EF
AD
P PS VS
Ø0.7 Pp 7b
2.5b
3b T 0,7L
Q BR F 270b Q
16µm
8b
135 l/mn
300 l/mn
MR D
10µm
Alim. Purge Alim.
Purge Pp-8
M b
M 15b
0.03b
160b
b
Pp-9
(25/06/2013) 70-02-M179EN
D6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
70
70-02-M179EN (25/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
pages
70
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION A1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
LOCATION (MT 1440 / MT-X 1440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3
70
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
A2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440
KEY
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION A3
LOCATION (MT 1440 / MT-X 1440)
VC
CSD
CSP1
VIC
VT2
VT1 JSM
D3
FR
VRD
D
PD
RLF
VL
MC
Vdar CA
70
CSP3 R
VSG
P
BA
CPD1
VCD
CPD3 VI
Vdav
CSP2
VSD CPD2
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
A4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION B1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2
LOCATION (MT 1840 / MT-X 1840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3
70
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
B2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
KEY
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION B3
LOCATION (MT 1840 / MT-X 1840)
CSD
VC
VIC
VT JSM
VRD D3
FR
D
PD RLF
VL
MC
Vdar CA R
CSP3
70
VSG
P
BA
CPD1
VCD
CPD3 VI
Vdav
CSP2
VSD CPD2
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
B4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION C1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2
LOCATION (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3
70
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
C2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A
KEY
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION C3
LOCATION (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A)
VC
CSD
CSP1
VIC
VDA AD
VT2 VT1
D1
D3
JSM
VL PD
RLF
DBE AC
FR
VD MC
VBE
Vdar CA
CSP3 R
VSG
70
P
BA
CPD1
VCD
CPD3 VI
Vdav
CSP2
VSD CPD2
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
C4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION D1
KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D2
LOCATION (MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D3
70
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
D2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
KEY
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION D3
LOCATION (MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A)
CSD
VC
VIC
VDA AD
VT
D1
D3
JSM
VL PD
RLF
DBE AC
FR
VD MC
VBE
Vdar CA
CSP3 R
70
VSG
P
BA
CPD1
VCD
CPD3 VI
Vdav
CSP2
VSD CPD2
(27/06/2013) 70-03-M179EN
D4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS LOCATION
70
70-03-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
70
–– COMPENSATING ISOLATION VALVE (VIC) OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1440 - MT-X 1440) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1840 - MT-X 1840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
–– MAIN DISTRIBUTOR (MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A) . . . . . . . . 10
–– LEVELLING / STABILISER DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
COUNTERBALANCE VALVE TEST PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
–– PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
–– TESTING THE LIFTING AND TILTING CYLINDER VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
–– TESTING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
–– TESTING THE STABILISER CYLINDER VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
–– TESTING THE LEVELLING CYLINDER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
VALUES
Values (bar)
Element No. of pressure test ports Correspondence
Min. Max
Steering circuit
PP-d 8 /10 140 /160
pressure
Parking brake
Accu. Block PP-1 125 160/180
circuit pressure
Brake assistance
PP-2 31 35
circuit pressure
Control assistance
PP-9 5 13
pressure
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
PRESSURE TEST PORT LOCATION
hanical distribu
M ec tor
180°
PP-5
PP-9
PP-d
PP-2
PP-8 PP-1
70
tributor
PP-9 EP dis
PP-7
PP-6
PP-8
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
4 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
70
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5
BLEEDING PROCEDURES
–– Disconnect electrovalves (Items 1 and 2) from the cylinders (Items 3 and 4).
–– Install a capillary on the right hand cylinder (Item 3) MINIMESS coupling (Item 5) and recover the oil
in a container.
–– Install a capillary on the left hand cylinder (Item 4) MINIMESS coupling (Item 6) and recover oil in
a container.
6 1
70
2
5
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
6 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
–– Loosen the upper nut (Item 1) on the compensating isolation valve (Item 2).
VC VIC
70
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7
C2 b Pp-7
Pil
Pp-6
32
b
V2
0b
+2
0
0
VIC
CAR VC
70
0b
CAR
3b 19cm³ /tr
P T
N
R
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
8 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
The compensating cylinder maintains the tool clamp at a constant angle relative to the plane of the
frame during a lifting/lowering movement (for example, to keep a fork horizontal).
The role of the compensating isolation valve is to avoid pressure peaks on the piston side of the
compensating cylinder (E.g.: full reverse tilt stroke, most frequent case).
At maximum reverse tilt, the pressure applied to the VIC control (tilting cylinder piston-side
circuit) is 270 bar.
The second VIC control (tilting cylinder rod-side circuit) is close to zero bar, as the flow in this
circuit is directed towards the tank.
The addition of these two controls does not allow the VIC to open (which is calibrated at 320
bar), and the compensating cylinder does not therefore receive the 270 bars of pressure, which avoids
the boom becoming unbalanced.
70
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 9
TIGHTENING TORQUES
A1
A2 60
A3
A4 60
A5
60
A6
A7 60
P2 B1
B2 60
B8
V B3
B4 60
B7 B5
B6 60
B5 B6
P1 B4
S1 B3 A7 B7 60
S2 B2 A6
B1 A5 B8 60
S4 M A4
S3 A3 M - M2 35
A2 P1 - P2 100
A1
M2 S1 - S4 30
T1
T1 100
V 35
70
Item Distributor / Connector (N.m)
A1
A2 60
A3
A4 60
M2
A5
60
A6
A7 60
P2
B1
B8
V B2 60
B3
B4 60
B7 B5
B6 60
B5 B6
P1 B4
S1 B3 A7 B7 60
S2 B2 A6
B1 A5 B8 60
S4 M A4
S3 A3 M - M2 35
A2
A1 P1 - P2 100
T1 S1 - S4 30
T1 100
V 35
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
10 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Pp 9
Item Distributor / Connector (N.m)
To
A1 110
A2 100
A3 110
A4 80
A5 80
B1 110
B2 100
B3 110
P
B4 80
B5 80 B1 P2 S
LS 60 B2
Pg Pp
M 35 B3
P 160 A1 T S
P2 35 A2 S
Pg / A3
B5
M
Pp9 /
B4
Pp 35 A5
S 22 +50 A4
T 210
LS
To 60
LS
S 20/21
+5
T 70 0
P
T
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 11
The aim of this procedure is to test the load holding capacity of the counterbalance valves for the lifting,
titling, telescope, stabiliser and levelling cylinders.
PREPARATION
Remove the plastic cover (Item 1) located behind the cab in order
to access the mechanical controls of the electro-proportional
hydraulic distributor (Item 2).
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
100 l/mn
180 l/mn
150 l/mn
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 T A1 B1 A2 B2
265b 190b
280b
190b
265b
210b
LS 190b D1
2b 6b 6b 6b
Ø 0.6
70
VS Pp
Ø 0.7
270b
P2
EE 15b
13b
300b
M
TO P Pp-9 ET EL EI ES EA +(CD,SD,SG)
Pgauge
2 2 2
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
12 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 13
Perform the same operation on the tilting distributor line (Item 2).
70
Use a load representing the nominal capacity.
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
14 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
3
1m
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 15
70
Lower the stabilisers to their maximum extent
(27/06/2013) 70-04-M179EN
16 HYDRAULIC CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
Stop the engine, switch on the ignition again, and then obtain
driver presence (door closed, and press on accelerator pedal).
With the machine supported on its tyres, tilt the machine a few
degrees by means of the (right or left) levelling cylinder
Stop the engine, switch on the ignition again, and then obtain
driver presence (door closed, and press on accelerator pedal).
The operator in the cab controls the slope on the side towards
which the machine is tilted, while a second operator manually
controls the distributor (Item 5) using a 9 mm wrench. After
decompression of the lines, the machine should not tilt.
70-04-M179EN (27/06/2013)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL
pages
OIL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
70
(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL
OIL TANK
70
Special tool:
70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL 3
2
1
(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL
70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL 5
70
(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
6 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL
70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL 7
1 1
2
Undo the six push-pull rivets inside the bellows (Item 2).
Disconnect the electrical connector from the JSM (Item 4).
Undo the locknut (Item 3) on each lever.
Unscrew the levers then remove the bellows and its belt.
4
6
Remove mechanical valve side panel (Item 5) by undoing its four
screws (Item 6).
70
5
23
X1
7
X6
6
X7 2
X7
X8
0
X7 X 1
8 79
X8 X
4 77 X7
X8 X
83
X8 X 2
6 81
X8
5 5
X7
(07/03/2012) 70-06-M179EN
8 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT REMOVAL
7
7
70-06-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT
pages
OIL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
70
(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
2 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT
OIL TANK
70
Special tool:
70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT 3
Attach the oil tank (Item 1) onto the truck with 6 screws (Items
2, 3 & 4).
2
2
70
3
4 1
(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
4 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT
8
7
70
70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT 5
70
(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
6 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT
70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT 7
Attach the emergency stop (Item 3) to the cab with the two
fastening screws (Item 4).
Connect its electrical connector.
4
4
70
(07/03/2012) 70-07-M179EN
8 HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS REFIT
23
X1
7
X6
6
X7 2
X7
X8
0
X7 X 1
8 79
X8 X
4 77 X7
X8 X
2 83
X8 X
6 81
X8
5 5
X7
Attach the side panel (Item 5) to the cab with its four fastening
6
screws (Item 6).
7
Refit the bellows assembly (Item 7) + levers (Item 8) + JSM (Item 9).
Tighten the locknut on each lever.
70
10
10 10
70-07-M179EN (07/03/2012)
SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING
pages
70
(27/06/2013) 70-09-M179EN
2 SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING
2 3 5
1 3 4 5
70
Consisting of:
70-09-M179EN (27/06/2013)
SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING 3
Consisting of:
70
(27/06/2013) 70-09-M179EN
4 SPECIFIC HYDRAULIC TOOLING
70
70-09-M179EN (27/06/2013)
ELECTRICITY
- ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
80
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
pages
FUSES AND RELAYS (ENGINE HOOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUSES AND RELAYS (CAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
COMPUTER/TRUCK ALLOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
MANIMUX CLUSTER MC ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
MANIMUX POWER MP1 ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MANIMUX POWER MP2 ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
TECHNICAL SHEETS FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– - ANTI-THEFT OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
80
–– A11 - BMEP JOYSTICK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
–– A12 - JOYSTICK JSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
–– B1 - REVERSING BUZZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
–– B2 - HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
–– B3 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
–– B5 - ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
–– B6 - AIR FILTER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
–– B7 - HYDRAULIC FILTER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
–– B8 - MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
–– B9 + B10 - WHEEL ALIGNMENT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
–– B11 + B12 - VALVE POSITION SENSOR (BV PRESSURE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
–– B13 - TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (MECHANICAL VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
–– B13 - TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (INCHING VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
–– B14 - TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
–– B22 - MECHANICAL DISTRIBUTOR PRESSURE SWITCH CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
–– B23 - TELESCOPE ANGLE POTENTIOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
–– B24 - TRANSMISSION OIL THERMOSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
–– B34 - WATER IN FUEL FILTER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
–– B35 TO B44 - WALVOIL SLIDE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
–– B47 + B48 - ANGULAR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
–– B74 - RADIATOR MINIMUM WATER LEVEL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
–– D+ - ALTERNATOR INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
–– W - ALTERNATOR ROTATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
–– E15 - ROTATING BEACON LIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
–– R2 - FUEL LEVEL GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
–– S2 - IGNITION KEY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
–– S9 - NC DOOR OPENING SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
–– S10 - NO DOOR OPENING SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
–– S11 - BRAKE FLUID SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
–– S14 - DECLUTCH PUSH BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
–– S34 - BOOM RETRACTED SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
–– S46 - ACCELERATOR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
–– Y3+Y4 - FORWARD AND REVERSE ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
–– Y9+Y16 - VS ELECTROVALVE (MECHANICAL VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
–– Y40+Y41 - STABILISER DEFLECTOR ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
–– Y42 - LEVELLING DEFLECTOR ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
–– Y47 - PVEA ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
–– Y44+Y45+Y46 - PVEH ELECTROVALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
–– Y50 - VRD ELECTROVALVE (MECHANICAL VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
–– - INDUCTIVE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
80
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3
K23 K26
3 4 F41 40A 1
1 4 2
2 K20 1
F42 50A 2
3
K22 K25
3 F43 80A 3
5 30A
23 F60 24 5 F55 6
1 4 2
21 F59 22 7 F54 8
F44 40A 4
15 F56 16 13 F51 14
1 4 2 F46 80A 6
80
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
MO
DU
MO LE
1
DU
LE
MO
15 A
2
DU 2A
MO LE
3
5A
DU
LE
10 A
4
2A
15 A 20 A
5A 10 A
3A 15 A
10 A 3A 10 A
washer (15A)
F33 Diagnostic plug (5A)
Rear windscreen wiper + windscreen-
F13 F35 ORH console (X112/17) (2A)
washer (10A)
F14 K1 relay predisposition (Max 10A) F37 APC 120 (Inching) X112/16 power supply (15A)
Module
K1
1 S36 and S37 circuit breaker power supply Module
F15
(cont'd) (Max 15A) 3 Front intermittent windscreen wiper relay
K2
Working light S42 switch power supply on boom (10/20A)
F16
+ S43 cab option (Max 15A) K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay (10/20A)
F17 Rear working lights (15A) K4
Module
F18 Rear window defrost (Max 15A) 3 Engine stop safety relay + Cluster digicode
K5
Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen (cont'd) (10/20A)
F19
washer (7.5A) Air-conditioning compressor control relay
K6
F20 Electric window winder (15A) (10/20A)
Module K11
4 K12 Air-conditioning time-delay relay (20/30A)
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 5
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram
B+
6
5
4 7
X1 3 8
4 9
D+ X15 2
1 10
2 3
1
11
12
8
10 2
5
9 6
S17 7
7 X2 8 1 12
1 9 2 11
10 3 10
4 9
5 8
8 X16 6 7
10 2
X3
1
9
S18
7
1 X4
X17 1
2
8 X5
10 2
X18 1
9
S19 X7 1 2
7
1 2
1
2
X20
8 X8
1
10 2
2
9 X21 1
S35 1
7 2
2
1 3
80
X11 7
4 8
5 6 X22
9
8
10 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A1 A
B
A
B
A8
9 B1 C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C B8
C1 C8
S36
7 1
X12
1 X23 (Cab)
2
31
1
8
10 2
A8 A1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A A
X13 B8
B B
B1
9
C C
C8 C1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
S37
7
1
40 X23
10 (Engine)
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
6 6 X56
5 5 B
X25 X36 A
4 4 C
1 1
2 2
3 3
X57 2
X26 1 X37 2 1
2 2
1
X58
1
2
X27 1 X38 1
2
2
X60 1
2
X39
X28 1
2
X61
2 4
1 3
3 2
3 2 1
X40
1
5
X29
6 6
5 7 X62 1
4 8
2
X42
X63
X30
X45
X64 2
6
5
X31 X46 1
4
1 2 X65 3
80
2 2
3 1
X47
6 X66 3
5 2
1
X32
4 X52
1
2
3
1 12
2 11
X53 1 3 10
4 9
2 5 8
6 X67 6 7
5
X35
4
1 X54 1
2
3 2
X55 X68
B 1
A 2
C
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 7
X84 X105 1
X69 A
A
B 2
C
B
X85 X106 1
X70 2
A
B 2
1
X86 X109 1
A
B 2
X71 1
2 4
3
X87 3
2
1
1
X110 7
(Cab) 13
X88 3
X72 1 2 6
2 4 1 12
3 18
X91 1
X73
2
X110 3
X75 1 4 2
(Frame) 6 1
2 X92 1 5 7
12 8
2 11 9
10
X76 18 17 16 15 14 13
2
1 2
23
1 4
X93 3
6
5
8
7
X77 1
7
A X111
B
13
1 24 2
4
X94 3
6
6
5
12
80
8
X78 7
18
A
B
X79 X96 3
A 2 1
B 1
X112 7
(Cab) 13
X80
6
A
B
X97 3 12
2 18
1
X81
A
B X112 4
3
2
6 (Frame) 6
5
1
7
12 8
5 11
10
9
X100
X82 4 18 17 16 15 14 13
1
A
2
B
3
X83
A
B
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
8 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
X113
(Cab) 1 X133 2
1 1
X113
X152 2
(Engine) 1
3
4 8
7
X134 1
2 4 6
3 5
X114 1
2 4
3
X156 4
3
2
1 1
X115 16 X135 2
8
9 3
1 4 8
7
6
X116 5 X157 4
(Frame) 3
2
1 2
1
X116 4
(Engine) X138 3
2 1
1
2
X158 4
3
6 2
5 1
4 7 1
3 8 2 6
9 3 5
X118 2
10 X139 4
1
11
12
X159 4
3
2
1
6 X140 3
5
2 X160 1
X121
80
4 1
1
2 2
3
X161
X148 2
X123 1 1
X162 1
4
X124 3 2
1 X149
2
X163 1
2
X125 2
X151
1
X164 1
2
X132 2
1
X188 1
2
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 9
X189 2
X200
1
1 2
X257
X190 1 1
(Frame) 2
4
2 3
X191 1 X257 1
(Engine) 2 4
2 3
X194 1 X258
2 4 2
3
1
X260 1
1 12 2
2 11
3 10 4
4 9 3
5
5 8 2
X195 6 7 1
X263
1
X196
2
1
2 6
5
80
3
X197 4
X198 1
2 4
3
1
X199 2
3
4 8
7
6
5
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
10 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
COMPUTER/TRUCK ALLOCATION
Type of Manimux
Type of truck Type of Manimux Power computer Inching computer option
Cluster computer
MT 1440
MP12
MT-X 1440
MT 144O A
MP12 + MP22
MT-X 144O A
MC2 Econ.B 120 (APC120)
MT 1840
MP12
MT-X 1840
MT 1840 A
MP12 + MP22
MT-X 1840 A
80
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11
ECU INPUTS/OUTPUTS
MANIMUX CLUSTER MC ECU
Key:
ALIM: Supply INANA: Analog Input OUTANA: Analog output
EJ: Gauge inlet INTOR: Logic Input OUTOR: Logic Output
GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line WK: Wake up
A9
Cluste
r
X14 (CN104)
X13 (CN105)
80
18 INTOR OVERRIDE switch
19 GND Reserve ground
20 POWER SUPPLY Manimux Cluster power supply (+BAT)
21 EL Cab emergency stop push-button
22 GND Reserve ground
24 WK Manimux Power Wake-up
25 EL Flashing bicolour anti-theft LED
26 EL Flashing bicolour anti-theft LED
27 INANA Fuel level gauge
28 INTOR Front windscreen wiper intermittent
29 INTOR Anti-theft
30 INTOR Ignition key in start position
31 INTOR Pressure switch on master cylinder
32 GND CLUSTER Ground
33 EST Spare
34 INTOR Engine air filter clogged
35 INTOR Low brake fluid level
36 INTOR Engine oil pressure switch
37 INANA Spare
38 LSS Output inhibition
39 INTOR Door opening contact
40 INTOR Engine water thermoswitch
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
12 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A1
(CN1-P1)
MP
1
X148/CN1-P1
Key:
ALIM: Supply GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line
EFC: Current frequency input INANA: Analog Input OUTANA: Proportional Output
ER: Wake-up Input INTOR: Logic Input OUTOR : Logic Output
A1
(CN2-P1)
MP X149/CN2-P1
1
80
20 OUTOR Parking brake pressure switch power supply 71 INANA
21 OUTOR Boom angle sensor power supply (20 mA) 72 OUTANA Right-hand stop light current
22 INTOR Chain boom voltage sensor 73 OUTANA Rear left indicator light
24 INANA Output safety line signal (LSS) Reverse light
74 OUTANA
27 INTOR Gear box oil pressure switch Reversing buzzer
28 INTOR Pressure switch on Walvoil distributor (VS) 75 OUTANA Reverse light current
29 INTOR Braking assistance circuit pressure switch (TUV) 76 OUTANA Trailer rear right position light option
30 INTOR Platform overload information P1 77 OUTANA Telescope head electrovalve
31 OUTANA Left main beam headlight current 78 OUTANA Rear right indicator light
32 GND Rear wheel alignment sensor ground 79 OUTANA Rear fog light
33 INTOR Leveling slide position contact A 80 OUTOR Chain boom inductive sensor power supply
34 INTOR Left-hand stabiliser raised slide position contact B 81 INTOR Seat NC contact
39 INANA Boom inductive sensor at chain 1 82 OUTOR
40 OUTANA Parking brake electrovalve current 83 OUTOR Negative brake control 1
41 INANA Rear wheel alignment sensor 84 OUTOR APC120 computer unit micro supply
42 OUTANA Right-hand stop light current 87 OUTANA Front left working light
43 OUTANA Front left indicator light 88 INTOR Tilting electrovalve slide position contact A
44 OUTANA Reverse lights current 89 OUTANA Front right working light
45 OUTANA Left-hand side lights current 90 OUTANA Horn
46 OUTANA Right-hand side lights current
48 OUTANA Front right indicator light
49 OUTOR Front wheel alignment sensor power supply
50 OUTOR Chain boom inductive sensor power supply
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
14 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A2
(CN1-P2)
MP
2
X150/CN1-P2
PIN TYPE Designation PIN TYPE Designation
1 OUTOR 47 VBAT Manimux Power 12V battery voltage
Longitudinal electro-proportional manipulator block 49 INANA Joystick raise
2 OUTANA
power supply voltage 50 INANA Joystick tilt-down or hydraulic function direction 2
Longitudinal electro-proportional manipulator block 53 INTOR
3 OUTANA
power supply voltage
54 INTOR
Platform hydraulic request source selection
4 INTOR 55 INTOR Intermediate Inductive sensor 2 (platform option)
(platform option)
56 INTOR Tilting proportional electrovalve status
5 INTOR Radio control hydraulic request source selection (option) 57 INTOR Telescope proportional electrovalve status
6 INTOR Rescue button (platform option) 58 INTOR
59 INTOR
60 INTOR
11 CAN CAN A ground 61 OUTANA Left rear axle locking electrovalve current
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 15
Key:
ER: Wake-up Input INTOR: Logic Input OUTOR : Logic Output
GND: Ground LSS: Output safety line
INANA: Analog Input OUTANA: Proportional Output
A2
(CN2-P2)
X151/CN2-P2
MP
2
80
79 OUTANA
44 OUTANA Danfoss left outrigger electrovalve current 80 OUTOR
45 OUTANA
82 OUTOR Platform/radio control engine speed relay control voltage
46 OUTANA
48 OUTANA 83 OUTOR Tilting electrovalve power supply voltage
49 OUTOR Intermediate sensor power supply voltage 84 OUTOR
50 OUTOR 85 OUTANA Danfoss telescope electrovalve
51 OUTOR 86 OUTANA Danfoss lifting electrovalve
53 OUTOR Auxiliary electrovalve power supply voltage 87 OUTANA
89 OUTANA
54 OUTOR Platform/radio control start relay control voltage
90 OUTANA Hydrostatic low speed electrovalve current
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
16 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
- Anti-theft output
PIN Function
1 Power supply + Battery
Power Supply + Post
2
contact (APC)
3 Plug X118
6 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
5
7 4 Manimux info power supply
4
3 8
9 5 Starter electrovalve input
2
10
1 6 Emergency stop output
11
12
7 Engine EV relay input Diagram
8 Starter output
9 Anti-theft/cluster info
12 Cab ground M1
Corresponding connector
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function 1
1 X axis signal 2
AXE Y
80
2
8
3 X sensors ground
1 7
2 4 X axis signal 1 1
6
3
5
4 8 5 Y axis signal 1
4
AXE X
3
7
6 Y sensors ground
2
6 1
Diagram
8 Y axis signal 2
Corresponding connector
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 17
PIN Function N
12
X67
F
JSM
2 Roller 1 direction + 1
3 Roller 1 direction - 5
1 12
-
4
2 11 4 Roller 2 direction +
+
B16 6
3 10
4 5 Roller 2 direction - 3
-
9
+
2
5 8 B15
6 7 6 Signal Roller 1 10
7 Signal Roller 2
Diagram
8 JSM ground
Stabilizer or levelling
9
control
Boom head electrovalve
10
option
11 Forward gear
12 Reverse gear
Corresponding connector
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
B1 - Reversing buzzer
PIN Function
80
1 2
2
2 Frame ground M3
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Voltage / 12 V /
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
18 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
B2 - Horn
PIN Function
Corresponding connector
1 X39
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
1 Pressure information
1
80
2
2 Plug
P
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 19
PIN Function
X18 1 2
1 Water temperature info
1
2
2 Engine Ground
Corresponding connector t°
Diagram
5 1364 105 33
10 1076 110 29
15 850 115 26
20 677 120 22
25 544
30 439
35 357
80
40 291
45 240
50 197
55 151
60 134
65 114
70 97
75 82
80 70
85 60
90 51
95 44
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
20 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
X20 1 2
1 Clogging info
2 Engine Ground
P
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
X21 1 2
1 Oil pressure info
1
2
80
2 Frame ground M2
Corresponding connector P
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 21
PIN Function
X64 1 2
1 Pressure information
2
1 2 Cab ground M1
P
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 Weight
3
2 Signal _ +
2
1
3 Power supply
80
Corresponding connector
3 2 1
X65
X66
Diagram
Direct current / 10 mA /
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
22 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
A Manimux ground X55
X56
B B 5V Power Supply B
A
C
Analogue forward and
C reverse motion pressure C
signal
Corresponding connector A
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
X57 1 2
1 Pressure switch info
2
1 2 Frame ground M2
80
Corresponding connector
P
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 23
PIN Function
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
80
frequency signal
Corresponding connector
2 1
Diagram
Comments:
- Frequency info + Manimux Power 1 power supply in standard Mechanical version.
- Frequency info + Inching version Econ.B power supply.
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
24 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
X76 1 2
1 Distributor pressure info
2
1 2 Frame Ground M1
Corresponding connector P
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 25
PIN Function
1 Ground
2 12 V Power Supply
Typical
Supply voltage 12 V
Direct current 10 mA
Load resistance 20 kΩ
5V
4,5 V
80
S1
S2
0,5 V
-45° 0° 45°
Potentiometer angle (°)
Notes: ____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
26 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
X58
1 2
1 Signal info
2 Signal ground
Corresponding connector
T
Diagram
Comments:
- Analogue info. on Manimux Power 1 in standard mechanical version.
- Analogue info. on Econ.B in Inching version.
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1
Presence of water in X61
diesel fuel 1 2 3
3 2 Engine ground
2
80
1
3 Power supply
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 27
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 Weight X180
X181
2 Power supply 1
3
2
80
2
1 3 Analogue signal
3
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Note:
- Each machine should be calibrated (min. angle, max. angle) at km 0 (0 mileage).
- Exists in Inching version only.
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
28 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
X258
1 Fuel level info
1 2
2
1 2 Engine ground
Corresponding connector
N
Diagram
Power / / 10 W
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
D+ - Alternator input
PIN Function
3~
M
U D+
Corresponding connector
G2
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 29
PIN Function
Alternator frequency
W
(Engine rpm)
G
Corresponding connector
3~
M
U
G2 W
Diagram
Note:
- Info W on Cluster with ratio between alternator F and engine rpm.
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 Power supply
X6
80
2
2 Weight
M11
1
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Current / 4.62 A /
Voltage / 12 V /
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
30 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
1 X63
Corresponding connector
R2
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 + Battery
2 + Battery
4
80
1 3 Not used
2 3 OP
4 Preload shunt 30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10
5 + After contact (+APC) X1 X2
10 Not used
Corresponding connector
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 31
PIN Function
X45
1 2
1 Cluster wake-up info
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
X52
1
1 Driver presence info 2
80
2 Cab ground M2
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
32 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
X22 1
1 Cluster info
2 Cab ground M1
N
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 Declutch info
1 X60
2
2 2 Frame Ground M1
80
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 33
PIN Function
X134
1 NO contact 2 3 4 1
1 2 NF Switch
2 4
3
3 Frame ground M3
4 Frame ground M3
Corresponding connector
NO
NF
Diagram
Note:
When the boom is retracted, the NO switch is closed and the NC switch is open.
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 NO contact
NO
NF
1
4 2 NF Switch
2
3
3 Cab ground M1
80
4 Cab ground M1
Corresponding connector 2 3 4 1
X114
Diagram
Note:
- Logic: When pedal is not pressed and at rest, NO contact is closed and NC contact is open.
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
34 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
1 1 Power supply
X53 2
2 X54
2 Frame ground M2
1
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Current / 2.3 A /
Resistance / 6.3 Ω /
Note:
- Measurements taken at 20°C
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
80
2 2 MP1 ground
Corresponding connector
2 1 X75 2 1 X123
Diagram
Current / 1.76 A /
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 35
PIN Function
1 1 Power supply
1 2 1 2
2
2 Frame Ground M1
Y40 Y41
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Current / 2.82 A /
Resistance / 4.24 Ω ± 7% /
Note:
- Measurements taken at 20°C
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 2
80
1 Power supply
1
2 2 Frame Ground M1
Y42
Corresponding connector
Diagram
Current / 2.15 A /
Resistance / 5.57 Ω ± 7% /
Note:
- Measurements taken at 20°C
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
36 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PIN Function
1 Proportional signal
T0
X156 2
4 2 12V MP2 power supply X157
3 X159
2 3 MP2 Ground 1
1
B1
P B2
A1 T
A2
B3
4 Electrovalve fault input 4
A3 B5
B4
Corresponding connector
A5
3
A4
Diagram
Note:
- X156: Telescope proportional electrovalve
- X157: Lifting proportional electrovalve
- X159 : Attachment proportional electrovalve
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
PIN Function
1 Tilt proportional signal X158
80
2
T0
B4
A5
Corresponding connector 3
A4
Diagram
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS 37
PIN Function
1 High signal
1
2 2 Low signal
Corresponding connector
X260 1 2
Diagram
Current / 1.2 A /
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
- Inductive sensor
PIN Function
1 2
1 12V Power Supply
2 Signal info
Corresponding connector
80
S
Diagram
Output current / 10 mA /
Note:
- In front of target = 1
- Without target = 0
Notes: _____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(05/11/2018) 80-01-M179EN
38 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND SPECIFICATIONS
80
80-01-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
pages
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
UP TO MACHINE -->| NO. 971080
–– MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
–– MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
FROM MACHINE NO. 971081
–– MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C
80
–– MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
M -M
Ca - M2
Ch
Ba
ot 3
1
b
as
t
-M
1
2
III II I O P
A 4
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
7
3 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
X151 5
769
669
444
719
713
705
+ APC 6
71 739
X150
BF1 / M1 02
Version H
238
F3 8 3
CN2-P2
11 237 40
421 2
K21
C F4 15
13 7 2
269 EP6 236 09
12 169 1
8
30
87
5 666
4
Y40
11 25
12 235 169
72 X162
85
86
421
234 55 420
Version Standard
4
5 369
F5 6 1 233 16 A2 10
X201 X116 MP 22 9 421 2
555 69
420 1
BF2 / M3
CN1-P2
CAN A H
Y16
CAN A L
E F3 469
X161
EP7
719
71 72 10
15
14
666
412
369
G 13 412 2
12 11 41 42
1
69
58
569 EP12 420
69
CN1-P1
Masse CAN A
CAN A H
CAN A L
Sch.3
59
X161 Y15
77
91
90 76
89 47 X38-7 X168
EP5 M1
Sch. 8 Sch. 5 9 X76B
88 46
I
17
9
87 17
X166A X166B
R 16
86
S25 N
12 183 30 P
F
11 182 59
A1 B06
8 82
179
JSM 1 34 MP 12
172
K 7 178 49
X149
5 176 88 58
440 440
B16
80
4 175 87
CN2-P1
6 177 19
B15 3 174 86 58
449 2 Y28
-
EP68
16
+
2 173 85 1
S16 10 232 89
X160
M
A12 S15 9 180 56
X67 X148
Key:
1 - Marking grid
2 - + Permanent 10 - Electrical component name
3 - + After ignition 11 - Splice
4 - Grounds 12 - Version choice
5 - Wire N° 13 - Other diagram reference
6 - Electrical connector 14 - CAN
7 - Electrical connector name 15 - CAN Shielding
8 - Electrical connector PIN N° 16 - Option
9 - Electrical component
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 3
X32/88/X64
Joins
Wire N° End points X64
X32
80
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Order
ECU
ECU
The computers share their data via the BUS CAN network.
Each operator request (command) is treated by a computer.
For this request to be activated, the machine position (via sensors, pressure switches, etc.) is recognized
and exchanged through the Manimux system.
After analysis, the system authorises or prevents the activation of the receiver (e.g.: electrovalve).
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
Up to machine -->| no. 971080
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A1
80
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10
B+ √
D+ √
W √
X0 √
X1 √
X2 √
X3 √
X4 √
X5 √
X6 √
X7 √
X8 √
X11 √ √
X12 √
X13 √ √ √ √ √
X14 √
X15 √ √ √ √
X16 √ √ √ √
X17 √
X18 √
X20 √
X21 √
X22 √
X23 √ √ √ √
X25 √ √
X26 √
X27 √
X28 √
X29 √ √ √ √
80
X30 √
X31 √ √
X32 √
X33 √
X34 √
X35 √
X36 √
X37 √
X38 √
X39 √
X40 √
X42 √ √
X43 √
X45 √
X46 √
X47 √
X48 √
X49 √
X50 √
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A3
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10
X52 √ X105 √
X53 √ X106 √
X54 √ X107 √
X55 √ √ X108 √
X56 √ √ X109 √
X57 √ √ X110 √ √ √ √ √ √
X58 √ √ X111 √
X59 √ X112 √ √ √
X60 √ X113 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X61 √ X114 √ √
X62 √ √ X115 √
X63 √ X116 √ √
X64 √ X118 √ √ √
X65 √ X119 √
X66 √ X120 √
X67 √ √ X121 √
X68 √ √ √ X123 √
X69 √ X124 √
X70 √ X130 √
X71 √ X131 √
X72 √ X132 √
X73 √ X133 √
X75 √ X134 √
X76 √ X138 √ √
X77 √ X139 √
X78 √ X140 √
X79 √ X148 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X80 √ X149 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X81 √ X153 √
80
X82 √ X154 √
X83 √ X155 √ √ √
X84 √ X166 √
X85 √ X200 √
X86 √ X201 √ √ √ √
X87 √ X204 √
X88 √ X205 √
X91 √
X257 √
X92 √
X258 √
X93 √
X94 √ X260 √
X95 √ √ √ X263 √
X96 √
X97 √
X100 √
X101 √
X102 √
X103 √
X104 √
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Engine B+ G2 Alternator power supply Q13 S50 Emergency stop button A25
Engine D+ G2 Alternator excitation Q13 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve Q30
Engine W G2 Alternator Q13 Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve Q27
X 0 S1 Battery cut-off Q7
Cab 1 X 1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) C14
Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X 2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) C17
Engine X 3 R1 Preheat Q9 Item Designation Position on diagram
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C31 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve K32
B34 Water in fuel filter sensor S34 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K36
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A5
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
V Bat
M a C M
as s ab 1
M
M se
se se M
M
as
as C
se ab
C Mo 2
ha te
ss ur
is
A A
M
4
S2 PO S50
G1 SIT
BF1 / M1
PIN
IO
N O P
F45 5 10
50a / 7 x
F42 2
OP 19 / 8 x x CLUSTER
X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
X138 1 2 3 4
F46 6 4 A9 / MC2
19 / 9
184
134
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
x x
119
242
120
148
125
141
123
124
119
39
65
11
12
43
X201 F43 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
3
54 / 5 x x x
3
C C
64
64
65
245
66
67
69
70
51
15 / 6 x x x X13 5 6 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125
49
50
137
134
122
245
58 / 10 x 124
x PIN = 12 V 123
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5
E APC 15 69 121
E
APC 15 70
BF3 / M1
10
X113 1
68
F12
71
G G
11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
D5
11
56
44
34
33
BF1/M2
4
EP 7
41
1 3 12 21
8 6
33
45
44
27
34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
I I
F52
F54
F55
K21 K22 K23
71
86 30 86 30 86 30
2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
177
141
12
43
31
32
5
2 5 2 5 2 5
35
2 5 4 2 2 2
72
73
37 36 K5 K2 K6 K3
D3
240
85 87
240
87a
68
35
29
18
86 30
241
BF3 / M2
1 3
K K
F31
F25
46
137
46
39
80
EP 14
M M
X23
243
C3
14
49
29
30
A4 1 2 X200
50 13
A3
51 11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12
A5
244 19
57
B8 284
243 24
CN1-P1 / X148
A6
121 21
25
O 60 A1
8 O
24
285
C1
62 9
EP 1
A8
61 8-1
1 51
C8
63 9-1
285
284
X257
5
X3 1 2 3 4
M1
46
47
28
27
23
X42
1
19
2
X7 1 2
M
EP 3
Q M t° S3 Q
M2
X4 X0 58
18
59
B+
46
50
51
47
52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14
45 D4
M
D+
58
U 13 Y2 Y1
N
EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W
B34 B74
22
X0
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
Connectors Splices
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster G7/I4 Ep.5 E16
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface O13 Ep.9 A8
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A16 Ep.15 O13
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A7 Ep.16 K7
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M4 Ep.28 I16
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface C7 Ep.29 O15
Cab 1 X140 R4 Inching resistance option O4
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G20
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G13
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
CAN Network
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Manimux Cluster
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G14 PAD tool
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
D3 Diode D3 C33
VCI
CAN A
80
BF1/M1
Manimux Power MP12
F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) A6
F41 Manimux Power 2 (20A) A6
F44 Manimux Power 1 (40A) C6 (Standard version)
BF3/M2
F22 Power supply cluster + V bat (3A) A14
Key:
F23 RC battery charger + Econ B 120 (2A) supply A14
F28 OBD diagnostic plug +VBat (5A) C14 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power12)
F33 OBD diagnostic plug +APC (5A) C14
BF3/M1
F9 Cluster power supply + APC (2A) E5
F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) E4
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A7
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma e C
M se e C b M
Key:
as ss a
as C a 1
M
se ha b
69
66
as
C ssi M2
C 4
AP 15
AP 70
67
s
AP 5
ha s
AP at
C
C
C
A A
ss M2
B
is
V
BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2 36
M
3
X113
X201 F45
10 1 71
EP 9
73
F22
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
35 X112
F41
2
72
F23
37 37 18 - A: Power supply
7
F44 1 F28
- M: Ground
6 ALIM. 1 42
10 mm2 - LSS: Output safety line
F33
X116 68 48
240
D3
C 240 241 C
68
BF3 / M1
F12
F9
E E
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14
EP 5
154
155
190
191
192
14
86
35
36
87
88
89
90
91
CN1-P1 / X148
X13
G G
4 10 20 9 32 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75
A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M
CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12
R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 284 57
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
L H
X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72
285
143
107
Black
96
45
I I
EP 28
LSS
42
CAN A
48
1
X263 3 2 5 4 1
16
Wake-up line
14
CAN B
6 CAN A
K K
5 186 185
EP 16 R
11
CAN B B50
CAN A
3
J 1939
J 1939
X115
80
285
284
X257
M 1 2 3 4
M
LSS
CAN B
J 1939 12
11
J 1939
107 9 71
143 7 45
H 8
EP 15 187 95 EP 29
234
O 1
O
R4 6
2
L CAN A 5 CAN A
3
235
X140 X110
Q Q
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION -->| no. 971080
Connectors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
M Ma
M se se
Item Designation
as s
as C C
s e ha a b
type name diagram correspondence
C ssi M1
ha s
ss M2
is
Frame X 53 Y3 Forward electrovalve M5
M
1
A
Frame X 54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve K5
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor O16
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor M16
Frame X 57 B13 Transmission oil pressure G9
Frame X 58 B24 G9 C
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux)
Frame X 60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off K10
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I5
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug M7
Frame X 92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control I10
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface S14 E CN2-P1 / X149
B24
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 I3 X58
112 2
G 27 1
111 111
X57
P
B13
70 2
223 223 8
Components 83
222 222 7 1
EP90
Hydraulic X92
Item Designation Position on diagram I Y13
correspondence X62
52 102
102 2
X60 S14
B15 Roller 1 on JSM O12 A1 / MP 12
80
62
B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) E11 109 109 1
X53 Y3
M
S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off K11 56 9
A12 / JSM
180
S16
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) M10 89
232
10
85 2 X56
S25 FNR contact on JSM Q11
173
B15
B
86 3 98
174
B16
100
Y3 Forward electrovalve M7
87 4
175
5
O
88
176
Y4 Reverse electrovalve K7 49
178 7
X55
B
105
59 11
182
30 12
183
F
3
98 N S25
X67
20
R
99
Q
18
100
2
105
Splices 79
106 104
2
78
107 3
149
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A9
4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Connectors
M
M sse
a
as C
se ha
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
C ss
ha is
Item Designation
ss M
t
Ba
type name diagram correspondence
is 2
V
M
3
A
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug S6
Frame X71 Output A on telescope and attachment O15
Frame X72 Output B on telescope and attachment Q15
Frame X75 Y9 Movement safety EV1 M15
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface I5
Frame X123 Y16 Safety electrovalve S15 C
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence G
A1 Manimux Power MP1 O9
A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and Move) S2
B15 Roller 1 on JSM Q3
B16 Roller 2 on JSM Q3
BF1 / M1
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) S3 I F41
2
7
S25 FNR contact on JSM O3 F44 1
6
2
139
80
337 X260
12 13
36 2
138 542
66
M
1
91
77 139 540
90 76 X75 Y9
89 47
88 38 3
148 148
87 17
40 1
BF1/M1 A1 / MP 12
144 144
O X71 Y6
F41 Manimux Power MP2 (20A) I3 67
R 147 147
4
11 182 59 Y7
69 2
143 143
8 82
179
39 1
142 142
1 172 34
X72 Y5
7 178 49
Splices Q 5 176 88
75
192
45
191
4 175 87
B16
15
190
Item Position on diagram 6 177 19
61
241
3 174 86
CN1-P1 / X148
B15
540
Ep.5 M6 2 173 85
2
541
10 232 89 EP25
Ep.25 S13 56
58
240
EP26
539
1
S16 9 180
CN2-P1 / X149 X123
Ep.26 S13 Y16
542
S
A12 / JSM X67
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A11
5 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C5 Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector O38
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface Q29 QX Boom X130 B54 Inductive sensor inner C1 QX boom O37
Engine X 17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch I7 QX Boom X131 B55 Inductive sensor inner C2 QX boom O38
Engine X 18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch E7 Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) I34
Engine X 20 B6 Air filter clogging E5 Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch C36
Frame X 21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor I25 Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor I29
Cab 1 X 22 S11 Brake fluid level M11/K11 Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button M5
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface C5/Q3 Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers C15
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating O27 Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 E26
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q3 Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 E38
Cab 1 X 45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) I5 Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser S31
Cab 1 X 52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power M40
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor E20
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor E18
Components
Frame X 57 B13 Transmission oil pressure A33
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
Frame X 58 B24 A35 correspondence
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux)
A1 Manimux Power MP1 E31
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G20
A8 Heating / ventilation panel O27
Cab 1 X 63 R2 Fuel gauge C11
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C9
Cab 1 X 64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch I11
B3 Engine oil pressure switch K7
Frame X 65 B9 Front wheel alignment C32
B5 Engine temperature sensor G7
Frame X 66 B10 Rear wheel alignment C34
B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch G4
Frame X 70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch C38
B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch K25
Cab 1 X 73 R2 Fuel gauge E11
B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch K11
Frame X76 B22 Safety valve/distributor pressure switch C31
B9 Front wheel alignment sensor C33
Frame X77 B36 Boom lifting NC sensor O31
B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor C35
Frame X78 B35 Boom lowering NC sensor O33
B11 Forward motion pressure sensor C20
Frame X79 B37 Tilting NO sensor O35
B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor C19
Frame X80 B38 Tilting NC sensor A20
80
B13 Transmission oil pressure switch A32
Frame X81 B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A26
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G35
Frame X82 B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A28
B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch E39
Frame X83 B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A22
B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 I29
Frame X84 B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A24
B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 K32
Frame X85 B43 Levelling NO sensor A29
B20 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 K29
Frame X86 B44 Levelling NC sensor A31
B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 I25
Frame X 87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch G29
B22 Safety valve/distributor hydraulic cut-out pressure switch E31
Frame X 88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch I32
B23 Boom angle sensor I37
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link S30
B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) A35
Frame X 96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch I29
B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch C36
Frame X 97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch G26
B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch K34
Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor I39
B32 Strain gage 1 A7
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface I25/M27
B33 Strain gage 2 A11
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A15
B35 Boom lowering NC sensor Q33
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C4
B36 Boom lifting NC sensor Q31
Cab 1 X114 S46 Accelerator pedal switch M28
B37 Tilting NO sensor Q35
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode K4
B38 Tilting NC sensor A21
Cluster X119 B32 Strain gage 1 A5
B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A24
Cluster X120 B33 Strain gage 2 A9
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 - CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP (continued)
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A13
DIAGRAM 5 - CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M se has teu
M a eC bM
M e e Mb M
108
as C s r
as ss a 1
as C o 2
160
158
164
162
151
161
159
165
163
167
150
166
168
169
X84 X82 X86
M
X81
112
X83 X85 221
M se
111
X80
se ha is
s
M
as
as C
B32 B33
C ssi M1
X111 X57
66
67
69
70
s a
15 14 13 11 10 9 X58
ha s
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
C 4
C 4
C 5
15
ss M2
AP 5
AP 5
AP 1
AP at
is
C
A A
B
M
V
3
X119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X120 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P
B38 B40 B39 B42 B41 B43 B44
T
B13 B24
CLUSTER
BF1 / M1
A9 / MC2
F45
109
114
113
112
110
111
X139 5 4 6 2 1 3
184
185
5 B9 B10
B29
C X13 34 36 40 39 6 27 35 31 21 X76 1 2 C
P
10
137
139
135
134
X70
118
54
53
55
_ _
X113 + +
225
2
1 B12 B11
138
71
54
55
224
P 1
X23 C4 B4 B6 X63 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2
114
115
113
227
84
229
85
83
B22 P B17
16
20
26
20
272
150
160
158
164
162
168
166
184
108
221
111
64
32
31
X56 X55
45 37 6 80 88 34 5 4 64 3 33 28 27 13 49 11 19 10 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
EP 9
B C A B C A
R2 78
107 107
98
99
100
CN2-P1 / X149
105
106
79
E N
106
2
E
105
18
100
X73 A1 / MP12
72
73
25
26
20
17
16
99
X20 X18 1 2
3
98
BF3 / M2
6
80 CN1-P1 / X148
F21
60 54 84 83 24 23 53 26 5 7 9 10 55 22 52 80 48 50
P t°
202
101
102
230
127
231
226
154
152
65
38
37
156
125
22
21
1 2 X62
B6 B5
123
124
34
129
130
X87
G X97
3 2 1 3 2 1 G
B14
EP20
EP91
c
P P
BF3 / M1
B18
80
B21
X110
F20
F12
16 18
22
24
23
21
135
19
18
156
106
4 6 5 1 3 2 X100
X64
118
34
1 2
202
203
226
228
127
128
126
125
37
38
39
40
I X96 X88
I
70
67
68
1 2 1 2 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2
X17 1 2
X45
P
240 B23
68
S9
P P P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19 B30
BF3 / M2
S34
F31
B3
139
X22
S11
K K
46
N
240
D3
X118
7 6
106
163
241
231
X22
64
141
65
119
X110 X52
159
1 2
2 3 4
80
S50 156
102
31
M X138 S10 M
104
103
150
149
119 1
EP61
BF3 / M1 X114 1 4 3 2
242 2
F4
184 3
66 6
69
134 4
S46
Only MT1840
271
272
270
32
184 1 2 4 3
X124
+ +
152
102
126
79
80
6
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
X29 O
156
157
154
155
152
153
X77 X78 X79
EP 14
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
177
K2 A8 X130 X131
243
2
X23 S
79
80
S
B8 H12 BP C1 C2
176
7 8
B45
+ +
177
141
24
31
32
2 5 4 0
1 X16
K5 2
K6 126 S13
Q Q
85 87 87a
EP 1
2 1 3
S12
86 30
23
1 3
X42
175
1 2
32
K3
46
137
M16 2
2 31 1
t° S3
X95 X155
174
HP B46
S Y2 S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light G32 E13 Front left working light O11
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch E26 E14 Roof light E24
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset E34 E15 Rotating beacon light G36
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster I8 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor K37
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch G3 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G15
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G22 M7 Front windscreen washer pump S18
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C24 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump S20
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper K36 M9 Window up motor S17
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump Q18 M11 Rotating beacon light motor G35
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump Q20 S4 Wiper commutator switch A39
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q30 S5 Light commutator switch E10
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light Q34 S6 Window regulator switch S4
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link M9 S7 Cigarette lighter S15
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight Q22
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight Q26
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer Q37
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn M38
Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor Q16
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter Q12 Item Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 47 S7 Cigarette lighter light Q14
BF1/M1
Option X 48 E12 Front right working light M11
F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) A5
Option X 49 E13 Front left working light M10
BF3/M1
Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light C24
F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) I3
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G14
F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) I4
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply C16
F13 Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (10A) I4
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up M3
F20 Electric window up I5
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface M14
BF3/M2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A8
F21 Roof light and door contact A14
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M22
80
F24 Front auto return windscreen wiper motor+ Vbat (15A) C14
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C4
F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/-15A) C14
BF3/M3
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K33
K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K31
Components
K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K31
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M28
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
B1 Reversing sound alarm Q38 Splices
B2 Main horn M38
Item Position on diagram
D2 Diode D2 G36
E1 Front left headlight Q23 Ep.1 Q5
E2 Front right headlight Q26 Ep.2 Q6
E3 Left rear light with fog light Q30 Ep.9 C10
E4 Right rear light with reversing light Q34 Ep.10 C17
E12 Front right working light O10 Ep.11 K28
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A15
DIAGRAM 6 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M se
M
as C
as
M Cha sis
M se sis 2
se ha
as s M
as C M
se ab 3
15 7
70
C 46
C M
s
AP 5
ab 1
AP at
C
A A
B
M
V
2
S4
BF3 / M2
BF1 / M1
X113 0 1
F45 F21 0
X201 5 10 71 73 33
33
78
EP 9
1 X16
F24 5 6
72
38
29
30
F
X68
44
F27 41 1
46 45
C EP 10
C
30 + BAT
43
29
X50
57/58 56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B
1 L 0 R
0 2 S8
X11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12
E S5 1 2
E
31
131
30 L
19
129
130
236
127
128
18
117
E14
132
116
43
24
25
1 3 2 4
X59
X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
24 116
1 2
25 2 117
+perm vit
G M4 G
raz
M 26 3 97
E15
3
CLUSTER
132
-
28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4
X6 1 2
28 5 99 D2
M11
239
8 28
X13
131
136
I I
BF3 / M1
239
130
153
133
F12
F13
F20
6
F11
38
17
2 X25
K2 2 5 4
3 6 1 5 4 2
K6
85 87 87a
175
3 M3 2
16
17
19
32
+perm vit 1
86 30
K 2
raz
2
K
K3 1 3
1
M
-
174
233
136
6
6
23
17 233
EP 11
80
100
78
97
98
99
X33 X110
3 4 1 2 B2
M 1 10 13 14 15
M
A1 / MP 12
63
72
75
76
77
165
101
32
1 2 1 2
CN2-P1 / X149
X69 A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62
69
noir
122
132
133
134
135
211
121
116
120
119
55
77
76
75
72
63
54
56
16
13
11
9
E12 E13
O O
62
EP1
EP2
131
132
133
134
135
211
120
121
122
118
119
56
50
55
54
16
13
58
10
101
10
11
17
12
9
X35 1 2 3 4 5 6
X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 X31 4 2 3 5 1 6
X32 6 5 3 1 2 4
X38 1 2
100
128
166
127
160
noir
161
71
16
1 2
63
64
STOP STOP
H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5
0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
noir
E1 E2 E3 E4 B1
noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G31 M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump I24
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface E20 R3 Rear windscreen defrost Q17
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump G23 S38 Rear working light switch O23
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating A26 S39 Rear window defrost switch O18
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q40 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch O11
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light Q33 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch O6
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light Q38 S42 Telescope working light switch I37
Frame X 40 Trailer socket O33
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply G14
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A16
Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A23
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link G22 Item Designation Position on diagram
Components
Splices
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Item Position on diagram
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M37
A7 Car radio A20 Ep.9 G9
D3 Diode D3 C33
E5 Left trailer light S33
E6 Right trailer light S37
E7 Rear license plate light S38
E16 Rear left working light S22
E17 Rear right working light S24
E18 Working light on left-hand boom S27
E19 Working light on right-hand boom S29
M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor Q11
M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q6
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A17
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma e C
as ss a
M
se e b M
as
C Cab 2
66
67
69
70
ha
AP 54
C 4
C 5
15
A7
ss M1
AP 5
AP 1
AP at
is
C
C
A A
B
M
V
3
X93 X94
A B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
151
15
40
74
75
76
77
X29
67 68 79 5
69 6
80
66
70
D3
240 241
C C
F10
F12
F16
F17
F18
F19
F11
BF3 / M1
28
31
15
30
29
74
75
76
77
79
80
81
X16 1 2 3 4 7 8 9
34 83
E 7 E
20
21
22
23
31
32
36
8
55 29
9
57 30
BF3 / M2 10
59 47
240
31
32
68
F32 47 X95 1 2
11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F45 F26
158
12
81
21
20
40
22
23
5 10 71 73
EP 9 X204 1 2 X205 1 2 X155 X26 1 2 X15
G G
1 1 2
X68
F27
72
34
41 1 46
28 2 47 HP M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9
S42
48 50
I I
49
48
EP11
47
K K
42 A1 / MP 12
60 39
80
38
83
58 41 40
59
61
M X112 14
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149 M
536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9
1 1 1 0 1 9
0 0 1
2 2 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65 15
537
249
5 S41 4 9 5 S40 4 9 5 S39 10 5
S38
10
56
EP73
37
53
toit
lateral 55 54
36 37
O O
538
256
245
243
247
244
249
250
248
246
X105 X40
1 2 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
43
EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4
noir
51
50
44
50
55
45
41
52
53
42
39
2 3
X102 1 2 1 2
X101
1 2 1 2
38
3 3
E18 E19
- -
4 4
E16 E17
E5 E6 E7
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G12
A8 Heating / ventilation panel M9
Splices
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor O8
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor Q13 Item Position on diagram
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 / MT 1840
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A19
No.: 914015
DIAGRAM 8 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M
M se
as
as C
se ab
66
69
C 4
15
C M
AP 5
ab 1
AP t
C
Ba
A A
M
V
2
180
59
1 2
BF3 / M2
C BF1 / M1 K12 C
X113 1 2
X201 F45 F29
5 10 10 71 71 72 43
EP9
t
73
3
F30 44 3
45
45
D1
59
52
E E
57
58
BF3 / M1
66
F4 6
69
115
177
180
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12
57
2 5 2 5 4
K6 K5 2
K4 K3 K2 2
K1 2
85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149
45
I I
86 30 86 30
64 1 3 1 3
58
44
43
126
115
K X15 K
64
52
6
B2 X23
2
X110
33
102
15
80
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79
80
X16
A8 7 8
2 1
X153
31
32
15
H12 BP
M12 X30
B45
1
0
O 2 O
3
S13 X154
31
C
32
S12 X95
2 1
2 1
M13
X155 M10
1 2
M16
HP
Q Q
B46
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
A20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 8 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M
M se
as
as C
se ab
66
69
C 4
15
C M
AP 5
ab 1
AP t
C
Ba
A A
M
V
2
180
181
251
BF3
1 5 4 1 5 4
181
45
250
45
E E
BF3 / M1
66
F4 6
69
115
177
180
52
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12
K6 2 5
K5 2
K4 K3 2 5 4
K2 2
K1 2
85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149
45
I I
86 30 86 30
64 1 3 1 3
251
44
250
126
43
115
K X15 K
64
52
6
B2 X23
2
X110
33
102
15
80
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79
80
X16
A8 7 8
2 1
X153
31
32
15
H12 BP
X30
M12
B45
1
0
O 2 O
S13 X154
31
3
C
32
S12 X95
2 1
2 1
M13
X155 M10
1 2
M16
HP
Q Q
B46
S S
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A21
9 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840 DIAGRAM 9 - CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
-->| no. 971080
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
M as
as s
M
se e C
66
69
C ab
ha M
A P 54
15
ss 2
C
C
is
AP
M
3
A
Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Frame X 91 Boom head electrovalve O11
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface S6
C
Cab 1 X121 M15 Pneumatic seat pump Q6/O7/O4
Frame X135 Telescope Suspension Connector E10
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 K13
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 K9
Option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector Q10
E
Components
Hydraulic G
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 K12
M15 Pneumatic seat pump S4
S44 Pneumatic seat switch Q4
S60 Seat driver presence sensor O6
I
Y12 Boom head electrovalve S10
A1 / MP 12
F5
F8
Item Designation Position on diagram
CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P1 / X148
BF3/M1
80
13
7
81 77 27
248
3
F5 S19 Override + seat switch movement forcing power supply (2A) K3
47
46
F8 Pneumatic seat (10A) K4 M
EVTDF
VERSION EP
4
O
1 2
248
X91
162
13
X121 X121 1
5 4
S60
Siège
S44
Q 3 2
X121
C X166
1 2
246
247
M15 X110 16 17
Y12
46
47
S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
A22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
Hydraulic BF3/M3
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence K1 Standby E24
A8 Heating / ventilation panel Q21 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay E25
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 A22 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay E27
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor Q20 K4 Standby E28
D1 Diode 1 C31 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve E29
D3 Diode D3 O36 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay E30
H12 Heating panel light lamp Q20 BF3/M4
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan S20 K11 Standby C30
S12 Heating speed control switch S19 K12 Air-conditioning time delay relay C32
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 / MT 1840
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS A23
No.: 914015
DIAGRAM 10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma e C
as ss ab
se e C M
M
as
Ch ab 1
s
as M
C 66
C 87
C 69
70
sis 2
C a
AP 50
AP 54
AP 54
AP 15
15
M
AP t
Ba
A A
C
3
V
181
CLUSTER BF3
180
59
90
92
X15
A9 / MC2 6 1 5 4 1 2
K11 K12
X11 X25 X118 X23 2
86 87 87a 1
69
67
68
70
7 4 6 4
115
8 6 18 t
B X13
A 85 30 3
136
137
87
2 3 3
129
133
141
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
52
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
181
C C
91
45
BF3/M1
21
11
13
14
15
16
17
19
22
28
29
30
31
32
4
1
9
D1
12
18
52
59
248
58
91
129
133
1
90
176
2
177 92
180
94
3
174 175 93
E 179 178 E
4
94
57
141
BF3
115
96
5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6
6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96
7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
9
17
137
126
21
1
136
233
58
44
95
43
93
46
10
88
EP11
11
89
G G
12
82
236
13
83
251
252
14
84
1 2
15
20
X109
16
23
17
37
CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
22 26
EP1 24
28
86
85
X68
87
2 167 168 169
0 1 10 0 1 10 1 10
47
253
254
1 1 0
X106 1 2
80
89
88
82
170 171 172
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 1 10 1 10 1 10
71 72 1 0 0 1 0
EP9 1
47
73
84 5 9 5 9 5 9
174
167
170
35
D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73
35
C D
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
9 0 1 9
1
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
5A
1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 5 S43
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
23
20
Q Q
10
S42
37
44
33
34
35
36
S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2
3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
A24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 10 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma se C
as ss a
se e b
M
as
C Ca M1
ha b
A P 5 66
A P 1 87
C 5 69
70
C 0a
C 4
C 4
15
ss M
AP 5
AP 5
AP at
is 2
C
A A
B
M
V
3
181
180
251
90
92
CLUSTER X15
A9 / MC2 6 BF3 K11
1 5 4 1
K12
5 4
86
X11 X25 X118 X23 86 87 87a 31 87 87a
69
67
68
70
7 4 6 4
115
8 6 18
A B X13 85 30 15
85
30
136
137
2 3 3
87
2
129
133
141
F10
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
F11
52
181
250
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
91
45
C C
BF3/M1
21
13
14
15
16
17
19
22
28
29
30
31
11
32
4
1
12
18
248
91
129
133
1
90
176
2
177 92
180
94
3
174
52
175 93
E 179 178 E
4
94
141
BF3
115
96
5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6
6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96
7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
9
17
137
126
21
136
233
251
44
95
43
93
46
250
10
EP11
88
11
89
G G
12
236 82
13
83
251
252
14
84
1 2
15
20
X109
16
23
17
37
CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
22 26
EP1 24
28
86
85
X68
87
2 167 168 169
1 10 1 10 1 10
47
0 0
253
254
1 1 1 0
X106 1 2
7
80
89
88
82
170 171 172
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 1 10 1 10 1 10
71 72 1 0 1 0 1 0
EP9
47
73
S35 S36
EP11
5 9 5 9 5 S37 9
84
174
167
170
35
D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73
35
C D
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
9 0 1 9
1
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
5A
1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 S43
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
23
20
Q Q
5 10
37
44
S42
33
34
35
36
S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2
3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
Up to machine -->| no. 971080
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B1
80
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B3
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11
B+ √
D+ √
W √
X0 √
X1 √
X2 √
X3 √
X4 √
X5 √
X6 √
X7 √
X8 √ √
X11 √ √
X12 √
X13 √ √ √ √ √ √
X14 √
X15 √ √ √ √
X16 √ √ √ √
X17 √
X18 √
X20 √
X21 √
X22 √
X23 √ √ √ √ √
X25 √ √
X26 √
X27 √
X28 √
X29 √ √ √ √
80
X30 √
X31 √ √
X32 √
X33 √
X34 √
X35 √
X36 √
X37 √
X38 √
X39 √
X40 √
X42 √ √
X43 √
X45 √
X46 √
X47 √
X48 √
X49 √
X50 √
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11
X51 √ √
X52 √
X53 √
X54 √
X55 √ √
X56 √ √
X57 √ √
X58 √ √
X59 √
X60 √
X61 √
X62 √ √
X63 √
X64 √
X65 √
X66 √
X67 √ √
X68 √ √ √
X69 √
X70 √
X73 √
X87 √
X88 √
X91 √
X92 √
X93 √
X94 √
X95 √ √ √
X96 √
X97 √
X100 √
80
X101 √
X102 √
X103 √
X104 √
X105 √
X106 √
X107 √
X108 √
X109 √
X110 √ √ √ √ √ √
X111 √ √ √ √
X112 √ √ √ √
X113 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X114 √ √
X115 √ √
X116 √ √
X118 √ √ √ √
X119 √
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B5
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11
X120 √ X203 √
X121 √ X204 √
X124 √ X205 √
X125 √
X230 √
X130 √
X231 √
X131 √
X132 √ X232 √
X133 √ X233 √
X134 √ X234 √
X135 √ √
X235 √
X138 √ √ √
X257 √ √
X139 √
X140 √ X258 √
X141 √ X263 √
X148 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X264 √
X149 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X150 √ √ √ √ √
X151 √ √ √ √ √ √
X152 √
X153 √
X154 √
X155 √ √ √
X156 √
X157 √
X158 √
X159 √
X160 √
X161 √
X162 √
X163 √
X164 √
80
X166 √ √
X167 √
X168 √
X169 √ √
X170 √ √
X188 √
X189 √ √
X190 √
X191 √
X194 √
X195 √ √ √ √
X196 √
X197 √ √ √
X198 √
X199 √
X200 √ √
X201 √ √ √ √ √
X202 √
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
Engine B+ G2 Alternator power supply Q13 -->| no. 971080
Engine D+ G2 Alternator excitation Q13
Engine W G2 Alternator Q13 Components
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M38 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K34
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C31 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve K32
B34 Water in fuel filter sensor S34 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K36
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
V Bat
M a C M
as s ab 1
M
M se
se se M
M
as
as C
se ab
C Mo 2
ha te
ss ur
is
A A
M
4
S2 PO S50
G1 SIT
BF1 / M1
PIN
IO
N O P
F45 5 10
50a / 7 x
F42 2
OP 19 / 8 x x CLUSTER
X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
X138 1 2 3 4
F46 6 4 A9 / MC2
19 / 9
184
x x
134
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
119
222
120
148
125
141
123
124
119
39
65
11
12
43
X201 F43 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
3
54 / 5 x x x
3
C C
64
64
65
245
66
67
69
70
51
15 / 6 x x x X13 5 6 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125
49
50
137
134
122
245
58 / 10 x 124
x PIN = 12 V 123
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5
E APC 15 69 121
E
APC 15 70
BF3 / M1
10
X113 1
68
F12
71
G G
11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
D5
11
56
44
34
33
BF1/M2
4
EP 7
41
1 3 12 21
8 6
33
45
44
27
34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
I I
F52
F54
F55
K21 K22 K23
71
86 30 86 30 86 30
2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
177
141
12
43
31
32
5
2 5 2 5 2 5
35
2 5 4 2 2 2
72
73
37 36 K5 K2 K6 K3
D3
240
85 87
240
87a
68
35
29
18
86 30
241
BF3 / M2
1 3
K K
F31
F25
46
137
46
39
80
222
EP 10
X197
M 4
M
220 X23
C3
14
49
29
30
221
224
A4 1 2 X200
50 13
A3
X195 X111 51 11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
4 2 A5
523 523 211 214 214 19
EP 7 57
B8 284
224 24
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P2 / X151
212
A6
121 21
25 54 82
O 60 A1
8 O
24
285
529
533
C1
62 9
EP 1
A8
61 8-1
1 51
C8
63 9-1
285
284
529
533
X257
5
X3 1 2 3 4
M1
46
47
28
27
23
212
221
X42
1
19
X7 1 2 2
M X199
EP 3
2 3
Q M t° S3 Q
M2
X4 X0 58
18
59
B+
46
50
51
47
52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
14 D4
3~ 45
M
D+
58
U 13 Y2 Y1
N
EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W
B34 B74
22
X0
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence PAD tool
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G14
A2 Manimux Power MP2 G25
A5 Control Radio Receiver S10 Manimux Cluster
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
Manimux Power MP12
B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
D3 Diode D3 C33
R4 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W O4 VCI
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B9
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Key:
M Ma e C
M se e C b M
as ss a
as C a 1
M
se ha b
69
66
as
C ssi M2
C 4
AP 15
AP 70
67
s
AP 5
ha s
AP at
C
C
C
ss M2
B
is
V
BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2 36
M
- CAN C: ORH/RC CAN (Power22 ⇔ Platform control panel and RC receiver)
3
X113
X201 F45 1 F22
10 71 73
EP 9
F41
72
F23
35 X112 - A: Power supply
- M: Ground
18
2 ALIM. 2 37 37
7
10 mm2
F44
6 1 ALIM. 1
10 mm2
F28
42 - LSS: Output safety line
F33
X116 68 48
240
D3
C 240 241 C
68
BF3 / M1
F12
F9
10 mm2
ALIM. 2
E E
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14
EP 5
EP 6
154
155
190
191
192
233
234
235
236
237
238
193
194
195
14
86
35
36
87
88
89
90
91
CN1-P1 / X148 CN1-P2 / X150
X13
G G
4 10 20 9 32 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 75 45
A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M A M
24
69
CLUSTER 68 24
A1 / MP 12
R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 A2 / MP 22
High CAN A
High CAN A
CN2-P2 / X151
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
43
L H 44
14
X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 90 11 42 41 71 72 74 73 71 72 90 11 42 41
546
143
107
Black
242
96
46
I EP31 I
EP 28
EP 30
LSS
LSS
EP 27
42
CAN A
48
1 CAN A
X263 2
Wake-up line
3 5 4 1
16
14
Wake-up line 48
CAN A
45
6
K K
5 186 185
EP 16 R
11
CAN B H
CAN B L
CAN A
CAN B B50
CAN B
CAN C
3
2 5
X195
J 1939
J 1939
80
X115
M M
LSS
CAN B
69
J 1939 12
EP 32
11
J 1939
187 8 95 71
234 EP 15 EP 29
O 1
O
R4 6
2
L CAN A 5 CAN A
3
235
CAN C
X140 X110
X111
7
Q 4
Q
3 CAN C
6 6
Black A5
5 5
4 4
3 3 RC
S51
X197
S S
2 2
2
CAN L
1 1 R6
CAN H
1 R7
X51
A5/RECEPTEUR RC VERSION EP RC
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X 53 Y3 Forward electrovalve M5 A1 Manimux Power MP1 G2
Frame X 54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve K5 A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and Move) M11
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor I5 B11 Forward pressure switch I6
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor G5 B12 Reverse pressure switch G6
Frame X 57 B13 Front clutch pressure E5 B13 Front clutch box oil pressure switch E6
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I9
Frame X 58 B24 C5
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux)
B15 Roller 1 on JSM O12
Frame X60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off Q7
B16 Roller 2 on JSM O12
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor I5
B24 Gearbox oil temperature sensor C8
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug M7
S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off Q8
Frame X 92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control E10
S15 BP1 contact on JSM (levelling or right/left stabilisers) M10
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface S14
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) M10
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch S16
S25 FNR contact on JSM Q11
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 S3
S46 Switch on accelerator pedal S17
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C3
Y3 Forward electrovalve M9
Y4 Reverse electrovalve K9
Y13 Negative brake electrovalve G11
Splices
80
Ep.90 E7
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B11
DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma
M se se
as s
as C C
se ha ab
C ssi M1
ha s
ss M2
is
A A
M
1
CN2-P1 / X149 X58
10 221 2
221
19
108 108
C C
1
T B24
112 2
27 111 1
111
X57
P B13
E E
70 2
223 223 8
83 7 1
222 222
EP90
X92
Y13
A1 / MP 12
X56
G 3
98 B G
20
99 C
B12
18
100 A
X55
2
105 B
79
106 C
B11
78
107 A
I I
X62
52 102
102 2
22 c
101 101 1
B14
X54
K 104 2
K
63
103 103 1
Y4
X53
110 2
80
62
109 109 1
Y3
M M
X67
9
S15 A12 / JSM
56
180
S16
89 10
232
85 2
173
B15
86 3
174
19 6
177
B16
87 4
175
O 88 5
O
176
49 7
178
34 1
172
82 8
179
59 11
182
30 12
183
F
N S25
Q R Q
2
171
2
104
29 1
170 170
3
149
X60 S14
5 4 4
231 231 150
S46
26 3 1
65 65 103
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X 67 A12 JSM plug S6 A1 Manimux Power MP1 O9
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface I5 A2 Manimux Power MP2 E9
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 S10 A11 BMEP (electro-proportional joystick block) C2
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 S10 A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and Move) S2
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 C10 B15 Roller 1 on JSM Q3
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 G9 B16 Roller 2 on JSM Q3
Frame X152 A11 Joystick electro (BMEP) E5 S15 BP1 contact on JSM (levelling or right/left stabilisers) S3
Frame X156 Y46 Telescope proportional electrovalve E17 S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) S3
Frame X157 Y44 Lifting proportional electrovalve I17 S25 FNR contact on JSM O3
Frame X158 Y45 Tilting proportional electrovalve G17 S53 Hydraulic rescue movements authorization C5
Frame X159 Y47 Auxiliary proportional electrovalve C17 Y21 Danfoss distributor discharge electrovalve M16
Frame X160 Y28 Movement safety electrovalve on EP distributor S15 Y22 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve K16
Frame X161 Y29 Deflector electrovalve I15 Y23 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve K16
Frame X162 Y40 Right stabiliser deflector Q15 Y28 Movement/valve safety electrovalve S16
Frame X163 Y41 Left stabiliser deflector O15 Y29 Deflector electrovalve on valve bank I16
Frame X164 Y42 Levelling deflector O15 Y40 Q16
Right stabilizer deflector electrovalve
Frame X188 Y21 Discharge valve electrovalve (EP distributor) M15
Y41 Left stabilizer deflector electrovalve O16
Frame X189 S53 Pushbutton A7
Y42 Levelling deflector electrovalve O16
Frame/ORH X190 Y22 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve K15
Y44 Lifting EP electrovalve on valve bank G18
Frame/ORH X191 Y23 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve K15
Y45 Tilting EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 I3
Y46 Telescoping EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
Frame X264 Y51 Discharge valve on boom descent opening M15
Y47 Auxiliary EP electrovalve on valve bank C18
Y51 Discharge valve on boom descent opening M16
80
BF1/M1
F41 Manimux Power MP2 (20A) I3
F44 Manimux Power MP1 (40A) I3
Splices
Ep.5 M6
Ep.6 G6
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B13
DIAGRAM 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M
M se
M sse ha
as
a C
as C ss
se ha is
C ss M1
ha is
ss M
is 2
t
A A
Ba
M
3
V
15
193
X189
1 2 08
505 75
194
1 06
504 45
195
26
415 Y47
400 2
C 80 78 C
2 8 433 433 414
401 1
02 35
7 432 432 408
A11 / BMEP 402 4
48 57
6 431 431 410
1 403 3
5 49 27
430 430 402
X159
4 429 429 19 56
418 Y46
408 2
3 18 82
AXE X 428 428 419
A2 / MP 22 409 1
2 34
427 427 65
406
410 4
E 1 426 426 50 61
506
411 3
E
2
64
508
X152 X156
33
548 Y45
416 2
62
547
417 1
418 4
419 3
CN2-P2 / X151
83 X158
416
Y44
G 238 77
56
413 2 G
417
76
237 412 1
86
412
47
236 415 4
EP6 85
409
46
235 414 3
12
411
17
234
53 X157
400
16
233
26
401
2
13 407
403
BF1 / M1
I F41
406
1
I
2
7
X161
70
502 Y29
F44 1
6
73
424
X116 74 507 2
X201 422
506 1
CAN A H
CAN A L
72
420
X190 Y22
71 72
509 2
K 1
K
508
X191 Y23
548 2
1
337 547
X264 Y51
80
12 13 11 41 42
CAN A H
Masse CAN A
CAN A L
M 91
77
503 2 M
76
90 502 1
47
89 X188
EP5 Y21
46
88
17 2
87 425
16 1
86 424
X164
Y42
A1 / MP 12
O 2
O
423
R 1
422
S25 N
F 30 X163
12 183 Y41
11 182 59
2
421
8 82
179
1
420
1 172 34
61
404
X162 Y40
7 178 49
Q 5 176 88
75
192 Q
45
191
4 175 87
B16
15
190
6 177 19
3 174 86
CN1-P1 / X148
B15
2 173 85
58 2
405 405
10 232 89
1
404
56
S16 9 180
CN2-P1 / X149 X160 Y28
S S15 S
A12 / JSM X67
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 – RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Engine X 8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I4 S50 Emergency stop button C14
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C18 S51 Emergency stop on radio control Q14/Q18
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface G12 S52 Machine/platform/RC 3-position selector M22
Option X 51 S51 RC receiver connector Q14/Q17 S53 Hydraulic rescue movements authorization button C29
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface C28/K13/I29 S54 ORH rescue button switch O20
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame / cab Interface G34 XS1 Roofer platform door opening authorization connector Q37
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C2 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I4
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M12 Y12 Boom head electrovalve M32/K34
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode C12 Y20 Engine speed electrovalve Q5
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button E14
Boom/ORH X141 A6 ORH panel connector K37/M29
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C26 Fuses and relays
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 C33
Item Designation Position on diagram
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 C39
Option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector K33/K35 BF1/M1
Frame X189 S53 Pushbutton A30 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) E3
Frame/ORH X195 Access retractor plug G36/G36 BF1/M2
Cab 1/ORH X196 G3 RC unit charger Q11 F54 RC engine speed relay (20A) E5
Cab 1/ORH X197 A5 RC Receiver O13/O17/Q17 K20 Preheat relay M4
Cab 1 X198 B64 ORH inclinometer M18 BF1/M3
Cab 1/ORH X199 S54 Rescue button K22 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay M5
Engine X200 Y20 ORH engine speed electrovalve Q6 BF3/M2
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 E3 F23 RC battery charger + Econ B 120 (2A) supply C5
ORH X230 Platform safety harness connector O40/O33 F31 APC engine start safety, relay K5 (10A) A5
Frame/Engine X257 Frame/Engine Interface K3 F34 Inclinometer
ORH XS1 S56 Roofer platform door opening authorization connector S37 F35 ORH control panel or RC 2.2 (2A) A5
F36 Hetronic receiver (2A) C5
BF3/M3
Components
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B15
DIAGRAM 5 - RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
D3
M Ma e C
as ss a
K2 K6 K3
se e C b M
M ha M
as
240 241
as ss 2
C ab 1
s
67
70
2 2
se is
2
AP 54
15
M M3
AP at
ot
C
C
eu
V
r
BF3 / M2
240
F31 46
68
X189
73
F34 145 CLUSTER
2 505 08
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
72 A9 / MC2 06
F35 23 7 6
1 504
X118
CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P2 / X150 CN2-P2 / X151
S53
119
141
F36
EP9
146
21 6 77 30
X13 20 21 43 44 04 05 30 74 73 14 82
F23
141
530
532
531
C 147
C
134
137
534
528
545
546
533
535
X111
200 534
K5 2 5 4
S50 EP31
71
5
X113 1 201 535
85 87 87a
6
211 523
2
86 30
207 520
34
1 3 1
8
BF1 / M2
137
10
46
F54
BF1 / M1
1 2 3 4
X138
E E
F45
7 134
222
184
119
31
528 526
X201 EP71
3
211
222
X23
X112
G G
EP10
24 224 17
EP7
Towards Ep.1 23 525
207
B8
19 19 214
CAN B H
CAN B L
EP4
A5
212 X195
224
EP 3
6 1 4 7 8 2 5 3
525
520
523
526
545
522
214
221
220
X195
EP OPT RC R8 6 1 4 7 9 8 2 5 3
59
217
208
209
530
532
531
D4
bc5
bc1
bc3
bc6
bc9
bc2
bc4
noir
X111 16 17 18
EVTDF
EVTDF
58
58
59
EP A
202
204
203
I 1 2 X8 VERSION EP/RC I
EP 4
Y1
4
22
1 2
bc4
bc2
X91
bc5
bc1
bc3
bc6
noir
X166 1 2
X141
6 7 8 9 10
533
X257
K 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5
K
208
212
221
217
202
203
204
189
X111 3 4
X199
Y12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
X166
27
34
R
145
188
200
201
1 3
15
17
18
19
13
20
7
14
K23 9 8
X198
X115 1 2 3 4
86 30 EP A
K20
EP RC PANEL - ROOFER’S PLATFORM
80
Y12
85 87 EP STD
+ -
2 2 5
M X Y M
35 3 1
PANEL - STANDARD PLATFORM
1 (A)
B64 S52 4 2 X141 6 7 8 9 10
0
1 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL A6 X230
Panel overload
3 3 3 1
M L K D E F G H J A C B
GROUND
CAN A H
CAN A L
OUT AU
2 (RC)
CAN H
CAN L
IN AU
4 4 4 2
11
146
220
209
191
20
X197 S54 8 16
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
O
R7 PANEL A6 X230
X197 6
1 2 3 4 5 M L K D E F G H J A C B
CAPA : 25V
Diode 6800μF
29
30
R=1 Ω
Wicket opened
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
147
Black
192
X200 X196
X197
Black
1 2 X51 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
6
1 2 3 4 5
Condenser
Black
22 14 22 14
X51
Q Q
1 2 3 4 5 6
S51 A5
G3 21 13 21 13
RC
22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14
S RC 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 S
VERSION EP RC VERSION A + RC S47 S47 S49 S48 S49 S47 S47
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B17
6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster C5 Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor I29
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface Q29 Frame X135 Telescope suspension connector Q15
Engine X 17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch I7 Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button M5
Engine X 18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch E7 Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers C15
Engine X 20 B6 Air filter clogging E5 Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 E26
Frame X 21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor I25 Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 E38
Cab 1 X 22 S11 Brake fluid level M11/K11 Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 K16
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface C5/Q3 Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 K20
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating O27 Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser S31
Engine X 42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch Q3 Option X169 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 Q14
Cab 1 X 45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) I5 Option X170 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 Q15
Cab 1 X 52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power M40 Frame/ORH X194 Intermediate boom extend inductive sensors O20
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor I33 Boom/ORH X202 B68 Intermediate boom extend sensor 2 Q19
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor I35 Boom/ORH X203 B67 Intermediate boom extend sensor 1 Q20
Frame X 57 B13 Front clutch pressure A35 ORH X231 Chain tension switch link connector C26
Frame X 58 B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) C31 ORH X232 S56 Chain tension switch 1 connector A21
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G37 ORH X233 S57 Chain tension switch 2 connector A23
Cab 1 X 63 R2 Fuel gauge C11 ORH X234 S58 Chain tension switch 3 connector A25
Cab 1 X 64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch I11 ORH X235 S59 Chain tension switch 4 connector A27
Frame X 65 B9 Front wheel alignment C32
Frame X 66 B10 Rear wheel alignment C34
Frame X 70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch C38
Cab 1 X 73 R2 Fuel gauge E11
Frame X 87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch G29
Frame X 88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch I32
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link S30
Frame X 96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch I29
Frame X 97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch G26
80
Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor I39
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface I25/M27
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A15
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface C4
Cab 1 X114 S46 Accelerator pedal switch M28
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode K4
Cluster X119 B32 Strain gage 1 A5
Cluster X120 B33 Strain gage 2 A9
Frame X124 Tires/telescoping position sensors O38
Frame X125 Chain tension on boom switch connector C21
QX Boom X130 B54 Boom extend connector C1 O37
QX Boom X131 B55 Boom extend connector C2 O38
Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) M34
Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch C36
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP (continued)
Components Components
Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 E31 S50 Emergency stop button M5
A2 Manimux Power MP2 I18 S56 Chain tension switch 1 A22
A8 Heating / ventilation panel O27 S57 Chain tension switch 2 A24
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 C9 S58 Chain tension switch 3 A26
B3 Engine oil pressure switch K7 S59 Chain tension switch 4 A28
B5 Engine temperature sensor G7 Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve S4
B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch G4
B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch K25
B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch K11
B9 Front wheel alignment sensor C33 Fuses and relays
B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor C35
Item Designation Position on diagram
B11 Forward pressure switch K33
B12 Reverse pressure switch K35 BF1/M1
B13 Front clutch box oil pressure switch A34 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) C3
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor G36 BF3/M1
B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch E39 F4 Heating / Ventilation (20A) M23
B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 I29 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) I4
B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 K32 F20 Electric window regulator (15A) I3
B20 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 K29 BF3/M2
B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 I25 F21 Roof light and door contact (3A) G3
B23 Boom angle sensor I37 F31 + APC engine start safety, relay (10A) K4
B24 Gearbox oil temperature sensor C30 BF3/M3
B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 S14 K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay O8
B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 S15 K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay S8
B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch C36 K5 Stop electrovalve relay, diesel supply pump, cold starter electrovalve Q5
B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch O34 K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay Q8
B32 Strain gage 1 A7
B33 Strain gage 2 A11
B45 Air-conditioning low pressure sensor Q26
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B19
DIAGRAM 6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Only MT1840A
S56 S57 S58 S59
M se has teu
M a eC bM
M e e Mb M
as C s r
as ss a 1
as C o 2
M
M se
se ha is
s
M
as
as C
B32 B33
C ssi M1
X111
66
67
69
70
s a
15 14 13 11 10 9
ha s
112
111
C 4
C 4
C 5
15
ss M2
AP 5
AP 5
AP 1
AP at
X57
is
C
A A
B
M
V
3
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
X119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X120 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B13
P
CLUSTER
BF1 / M1
A9 / MC2
F45
109
114
113
112
110
111
108
221
X139 5 4 6 2 1 3
X231 1 2 X58
5 1 2 B9 B10
B29
C X13 34 36 40 39 6 27 35 31 21 C
P
10
X125
137
139
135
134
X70
118
54
53
55
_ _
X113 1 2
+ +
225
2
1 B24
138
71
54
55
224
1
X23 C4 B4 B6 X63 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2
114
115
113
227
84
229
85
83
P B17
16
20
26
20
108
272
111
221
31
32
28
29
64
45 80 6 37 50 22 10 19 13 49 11 27 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
EP 9
R2
CN2-P1 / X149
E N E
6 A1 / MP12
80
X73
72
73
25
26
17
16
X20 X18 1 2
CN1-P1 / X148
BF3 / M2
54
F21
60 84 83 24 23 53 26 5 78 79 2 55 18 20 3 22 52 80 48 50
202
107
100
101
102
230
127
231
226
106
105
65
38
37
125
99
98
22
21
P t°
1 2 X62
B6 B5
123
124
34
129
130
X87
G X97
3 2 1 3 2 1 G
B14
c
EP20
EP91
P P
BF3 / M1
B18
80
B21
X110
F20
F12
16 18
22
24
23
21
135
19
18
156
106
4 6 5 1 3 2 X100
X64
118
34
1 2
107
106
105
100
202
203
127
128
126
125
37
99
98
38
39
40
I X96 X88
I
70
67
68
1 2 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 A C B A C B
2 3 4 1
X17 1 2
X45
P
240 B23
68
S9 A2 / MP 22
P P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19
B11 B12
BF3 / M2
S34
F31
B3 259 85
139
X22 86
S11 260
K CN1-P2 / X150 CN2-P2 / X151 K
46
25 55 49
519
518
516
N
240
D3
X118
7 6
106
163
241
231
X22
64
141
65
119
X110 X52
159
1 2
2 3 4
80
S50 156
102
31
M X138 S10 M
104
103
150
149
226
228
119 1
EP61
BF3 / M1 X114 1 4 3 2
X132 1 2
242 2
F4
184 3
66 6
69
134 4
S46 P
Only MT1840A
271
272
B30
270
32
184 X124
519
1 2 4 3
+ +
152
102
EP72
126
79
80
6
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
X29 O
EP 14
1 2 1 2
177
517
518
515
516
A8
264
263
259
260
K2 X130 X131
X135 X194
243
3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
2
X23 S
79
80
S
B8
+ + H12 BP C1 C2
176
7 8
B45
+ +
177
141
24
B54 B55
31
32
2 5 4 0
1 X16
K5 1 2 1 2
2
K6 126 S13
Q Q
85 87 87a
EP 1
2 1
X202 X203 S12
3
86 30 S S
1 2 1 2
23
1 3
X42 X169 X170 + +
175
1 2
32
K3
46
137
HP B46
B25 B26
S Y2 S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light G32 E13 Front left working light O11
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch E26 E14 Roof light E24
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset E34 E15 Rotating beacon light G36
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster I8 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor K37
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch G3 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor G15
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G22 M7 Front windscreen washer pump S18
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C24 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump S20
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper K36 M9 Window up motor S17
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump Q18 M11 Rotating beacon light motor G35
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump Q20 S4 Wiper commutator switch A39
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q30 S5 Light commutator switch E10
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light Q34 S6 Window lift switch S4
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link M9 S7 Cigarette lighter S15
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight Q22
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight Q26
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer Q37
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn M38 Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor Q16
Item Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter Q12
Cab 1 X 47 S7 Cigarette lighter light Q14 BF1/M1
Option X 48 E12 Front right working light M11 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab)(40A) A5
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M22 F24 Front auto return windscreen wiper motor+ Vbat (15A) C14
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 C4 F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/-15A) C14
BF3/M3
K2 Front windscreen wiper intermittent relay K33
K3 Air-conditioning motor fan relay K31
Components K6 Air conditioning compressor control relay K31
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 M28
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5 Splices
B1 Reversing sound alarm Q38
Item Position on diagram
B2 Main horn M38
D2 Diode D2 G36 Ep.1 Q5
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B21
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M se
M
as C
as
M Cha sis
M se sis 2
se ha
as s M
as C M
se ab 3
15 7
70
C 46
C M
s
AP 5
ab 1
AP at
C
A A
B
M
V
2
S4
BF3 / M2
BF1 / M1
X113 0 1
F45 F21 0
X201 5 10 71 73 33
33
78
EP 9
1 X16
F24 5 6
72
38
29
30
F
X68
44
F27 41 1
46 45
C EP 10
C
30 + BAT
43
29
X50
57/58 56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B
1 L 0 R
0 2 S8
X11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12
E S5 1 2
E
31
131
30 L
19
129
130
236
127
128
18
117
E14
132
116
43
24
25
1 3 2 4
X59
X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
24 116
1 2
25 2 117
+perm vit
G M4 G
raz
M 26 3 97
E15
3
CLUSTER
132
-
28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4
X6 1 2
28 5 99 D2
M11
239
8 28
X13
131
136
I I
BF3 / M1
239
130
153
133
F12
F13
F20
6
F11
38
17
2 X25
K2 2 5 4
3 6 1 5 4 2
K6
85 87 87a
175
3 M3 2
16
17
19
32
+perm vit 1
86 30
K 2
raz
2
K
K3 1 3
1
M
-
174
233
136
6
6
23
17 233
EP 11
80
100
78
97
98
99
X33 X110
3 4 1 2 B2
M 1 10 13 14 15
M
A1 / MP 12
63
72
75
76
77
165
101
32
1 2 1 2
CN2-P1 / X149
X69 A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62
69
noir
122
132
133
134
135
211
121
116
120
119
55
77
76
75
72
63
54
56
16
13
11
9
E12 E13
O O
62
EP1
EP2
131
132
133
134
135
211
120
121
122
118
119
56
50
55
54
16
13
58
10
101
10
11
17
12
9
X35 1 2 3 4 5 6
X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 X31 4 2 3 5 1 6
X32 6 5 3 1 2 4
X38 1 2
100
128
166
127
160
noir
161
71
16
1 2
63
64
STOP STOP
H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5
0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
noir
E1 E2 E3 E4 B1
noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface G31 M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor Q11
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface E20 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q6
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump G23 M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump I24
Cab 1 X 29 A8 Heating A26 R3 Rear windscreen defrost Q17
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light Q40 S38 Rear working light switch O23
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light Q33 S39 Rear window defrost switch O18
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light Q38 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch O11
Frame X 40 Trailer socket O33 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch O6
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply G14 S42 Telescope working light switch I37
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A16
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A23
Cab 2 X 95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link G22
Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light Q25 Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light Q22
Item Designation Position on diagram
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom Q29
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom Q27 BFI/M1
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) O29 F45 BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) G5
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor Q10 BF3/M2
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor Q4 F26 +V bat car radio (7,5A) G11
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface M27 F27 Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat (10/15A) G11
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface G7 F32 +APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (7,5A) G11
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 M30 BF3/M1
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 M34 F10 Car radio + APC (2A) C5
Option X155 B46 Air-con socket on SNDC condenser G22 F11 Cigarette lighter (10A) C6
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker G18 F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) C6
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker G20 F16 S42 and S43 switch supply (15A max.) C7
F17 Rear working light (15A) C7
F18 Rear windscreen defrost (10A) C8
80
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B23
DIAGRAM 8 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma e C
as ss a
M
se e b M
as
C Cab 2
66
67
69
70
ha
AP 54
C 4
C 5
15
A7
ss M1
AP 5
AP 1
AP at
is
C
C
A A
B
M
V
3
X93 X94
A B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
151
15
40
74
75
76
77
X29
67 68 79 5
69 6
80
66
70
D3
240 241
C C
F10
F12
F16
F17
F18
F19
F11
BF3 / M1
28
31
15
30
29
74
75
76
77
79
80
81
X16 1 2 3 4 7 8 9
34 83
E 7 E
20
21
22
23
31
32
36
8
55 29
9
57 30
BF3 / M2 10
59 47
240
31
32
68
F32 47 X95 1 2
11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F45 F26
158
12
81
21
20
40
22
23
5 10 71 73
EP 9 X204 1 2 X205 1 2 X155 X26 1 2 X15
G G
1 1 2
X68
F27
72
34
41 1 46
28 2 47 HP M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9
S42
48 50
I I
49
48
EP11
47
K K
42 A1 / MP 12
60 38 39
80
83
58 41 40
59
61
M X112 14
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149 M
536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9
1 1 1 0 1 9
0 0 1
2 2 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65 15
537
249
5 S41 4 9 5 S40 4 9 5 S39 10 5
S38
10
56
EP73
37
53
toit
lateral 55 54
36 37
O O
538
256
245
243
247
244
249
250
248
246
X105 X40
1 2 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
43
EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4
noir
51
50
44
50
55
45
41
52
53
42
39
2 3
X102 1 2 1 2
X101
1 2 1 2
38
3 3
E18 E19
- -
4 4
E16 E17
E5 E6 E7
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
9 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 A / MT 1840 A
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B25
-->| no. 914015
DIAGRAM 9 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M
M se C
as
as a
se b
66
69
Ca M1
AP 54
15
b
M
AP t
C
C
Ba
A A
2
V
180
59
1 2
BF3 / M2
C BF1 / M1 K12 C
X113 1 2
X201 F45 F29
5 10 10 71 71 72 43
EP9
t
73
3
F30 44 3
45
45
D1
59
52
E E
57
58
BF3 / M1
66
F4 6
69
115
177
180
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12
57
5 4
K6 2 5
K5 2
K4 K3 2
K2 2
K1 2
85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149
45
I I
86 30 86 30
64 1 3 1 3
58
44
43
126
115
K X15 K
64
52
6
B2 X23
2
X110
33
102
15
80
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79
80
X16
A8 7 8
2 1
X153
31
32
15
H12 BP
M12 X30
B45
1
0
O 2 O
3
S13 X154
31
C
32
S12 X95
2 1
2 1
M13
X155 M10
1 2
M16
HP
Q Q
B46
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
B26 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 9 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M
M se
as
as C
se ab
66
69
C 4
15
C M
AP 5
ab 1
AP t
C
Ba
A A
M
V
2
180
181
251
BF3
1 5 4 1 5 4
181
45
250
45
E E
BF3 / M1
66
F4 6
69
115
177
180
52
178 179 179
A1 / MP 12
2 5 2 5 4
K6 K5 2
K4 K3 K2 2
K1 2
85 87 87a 85 87 87a
CN2-P1 / X149
45
I I
86 30 86 30
64 1 3 1 3
251
44
250
43
126
115
K X15 K
64
52
6
B2 X23
2
X110
33
102
15
80
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
M 1 2 3 4 5 6 M
33
3 4
X95
79
80
X16
A8 7 8
2 1
X153
31
32
15
H12 BP
X30
M12
B45
1
0
O 2 O
S13 X154
31
3
C
32
S12 X95
2 1
2 1
M13
X155 M10
1 2
M16
HP
Q Q
B46
S S
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B27
80
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B28 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
-->| no. 971080
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X 91 Boom head electrovalve O11 A1 Manimux Power MP1 K12
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface S6 A2 Manimux Power MP2 A13
Cab 1 X121 M15 Pneumatic seat pump Q6/O7/O4 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 I13
Frame X135 Telescope Suspension Connector E10 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 I16
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 K13 M15 Pneumatic seat pump S4
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 K10 S44 Pneumatic seat switch Q4
Frame X150 A2 Manimux Power CN1-P2 A8 S60 Seat driver presence sensor O6
Frame X151 A2 Manimux Power CN2-P2 A12 Y10 Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 I9
Option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector Q10 Y11 Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 I11
Option X167 Y10 Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 G9 Y12 Boom head electrovalve S10
Option X168 Y11 Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 G11
Option X169 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 G13
Option X170 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 G16
Frame/ORH X195 Access retractor plug O14
BF3/M1
F5 S19 Override + seat switch movement forcing power supply (2A) K3
F8 Pneumatic seat (10A) K4
80
Splices
Ep.71 M10
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B29
DIAGRAM 10 - CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M as
as s
M
se e C
C ab
66
69
ha M
AP 54
15
ss 2
is
C
C
A A
AP
M
3
A2 / MP 22
85 86 65 55 67 58
259
260
261
258
257
262
C C
257
261
258
262
259
260
263
264
X135
1 8 2 7 3 4 5 6
E E
G G
P P
I I
K BF3 / M1 K
A1 / MP 12
F5
F8
81 77 27
528
248
80
47
46
M M
EP 71
3
526
526
EVTDF X195 6 1 4 7 8 2 5 3
VERSION EP/
OPTION RC
3
O O
1 2
248
X91
162
13
X121 X121 1
5 4
S60
Siège
S44
Q 3 2
Q
X121
C X166
1 2
246
247
M15 X110 16 17
Y12
46
47
S S
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
B30 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
MT 1440 A / MT 1840 A
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS B31
-->| no. 914015
DIAGRAM 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma e C
as ss ab
se e C M
M
as
Ch ab 1
s
as M
C 66
C 87
C 69
70
si s 2
C a
AP 50
AP 54
AP 54
AP 15
15
M
AP t
Ba
A A
C
3
V
181
CLUSTER BF3
180
59
90
92
X15
A9 / MC2 6 1 5 4 1 2
K11 K12
X11 X25 X118 X23 2
86 87 87a 1
69
67
68
70
7 4 6 4
115
8 6 18 t
B X13
A 85 30 3
136
137
87
2 3 3
129
133
141
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
52
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
181
C
91
45
C
BF3/M1
21
11
13
14
15
16
17
19
28
29
30
31
32
1
9
D1
12
18
52
59
248
58
91
129
133
1
90
176
2
177 92
180
94
3
174 175 93
E 179 178 E
4
94
57
141
BF3
115
96
5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6
6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96
7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
9
17
137
126
21
1
136
233
58
44
95
43
93
46
10
EP11
11
G G
12
236
13
83
251
252
14
84
1 2
15
20
X109
16
23
17
37
CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
28
86
85
X68
87
2 167 168 169
0 1 10 0 1 10 1 10
47
253
254
1 1 0
X106 1 2
80
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 71 72
EP9
47
73
EP11
84
8 X15
48
174
167
35
D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73
35
C D
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
9 0 1 9
1
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
5A
1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 5 S43
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
23
20
Q Q
10
S42
37
44
33
34
35
36
S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2
3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9
(05/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
B32 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
No.: 914016 and -->| no. 971080
DIAGRAM 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma se C
as ss a
se e b
M
as
C Ca M1
ha b
A P 5 66
A P 1 87
C 5 69
70
C 0a
C 4
C 4
15
ss M
AP 5
AP 5
AP at
is 2
C
A A
B
M
V
3
181
180
251
CLUSTER
90
92
X15
A9 / MC2 6 BF3 K11
1 5 4 1
K12
5 4
86
X11 X25 X118 X23 86 87 87a 31 87 87a
69
67
68
70
7 4 6 4
115
8 6 18
A B X13
85 30 15 30
136
137
87
85
2 3 2 3
129
133
141
F10
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
F11
52
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
181
250
91
45
C C
BF3/M1
21
13
14
15
16
17
19
28
29
30
31
11
32
1
12
18
248
91
129
133
1
90
176
2
177 92
180
94
3
174
52
175 93
E 179 178 E
4
94
141
BF3
115
96
5
95
2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5 4 2 5
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6
6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a
96
7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
8
86
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
9
17
137
126
21
136
233
251
44
95
43
93
46
250
10
EP11
11
G G
12
236
13
83
251
252
14
84
1 2
15
20
X109
16
23
17
37
CABINE 18
X112
Y14
I I
28
86
85
X68
87
2 167 168 169
1 10 1 10 1 10
47
0 0
253
254
1 1 1 0
X106 1 2
7
80
M BF1 / M1 M
X113
F45 5 10 71 71 72
EP9
47
73
EP11
84
8 X15
48
174
167
35
D3
O O
240 241
240
68
72
73
35
C D
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
9 0 1 9
1
152
102
126
X29
79
80
6
5A
1 2 3 4 5 6
BF3/M2
A8 S42 S43
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
23
20
Q Q
5 10
37
44
S42
33
34
35
36
S43
BP 51
H12 49
B45
1
0
2
3
S13
S12 9 9 9 9
80-02-M179EN (05/11/2018)
From machine
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C1
No.: 971081
80
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
X29 G6
X30 B7
X30A B7
X30B C7
X30C C7
X31 I10
X32 I12
X33 G4
X34 I11
X35 I8
X36 I9
X37 I14
X38 I13
X39 G13
X40 I11
X42 I9
X43 I6
X45 E2
X46 I5
X47 I5
X48 G4
X49 G4
X50 B8
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C3
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8
X52 G13 X115 G2
X53 G10 X116 B3
X54 F10 X118 B12
X55 H13 C7 X121 E2 C2
X56 H13 C6 X123 G6
X57 D11 A11 X124 H13
X58 D11 A12 X130 H13
X59 D5 X131 H13
X60 G11 X132 E12
X61 I12 X133 B13
X62 E10 D12 X134 E10
X63 B4 X138 B8
X64 E4 X139 B6
X65 B11 X148 H13 D7 F4, J9 D9 G10
X66 B12 X149 G12 D5 G4, C9 C13 G8 G12 E3
X67 G3, I10 X155
X68 D5 X166 I8
X69 G2 X200 G10
X70 B13 X201 B2 A2 B2 B2
X71 E6 X204 D6
X72 F6 X205 D7
X73 C4 X257 H13 G5
X75 D6 X258 I12
X76 B11 X259
X77 H11 X260 D6
X78 H11 X261
X79 H12 X262
X80 A7 X263 F5
X81 A9 X284 A7 H2
X82 A10 X285 A2
X83 A8 X286 B2
X84 A9 X290 F12
X85 A10 X291 A3
X86 A11 X292 A4
X87 D10
X88 E11
80
X91 H8
X92 E11
X93 A6
X94 A8
X95 F11
X96 E10
X97 D9
X97.1 C6
X100 E14
X101 I9
X102 I8
X103 I10
X104 I9
X105 H10
X106 F12
X107 I4
X108 I2
X109 D13
X110 J12 E9 G5 F2
X111 A6
X112 A6 G9 E12
X113 D3 A3 B2 A3 D3 B3
X114 J13
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Hydraulic
type name diagram correspondence Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Engine B+ G2 Alternator I5
Engine D+ G2 Alternator I5 V5 Access platform engine start diode E8
Engine W G2 Alternator I5 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11
Engine X0 S1 Battery cut-off I3,J3 Y2 KSB cold start electrovalve I9
Cab 1 X1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) B5
Cab 1 X2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) B6
Engine X3 R1 Preheat I3 Fuses and relays
Engine X4 M1 Starter electrovalve I2
Engine X5 R5 Fuel heater D12 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Engine X7 M2 Diesel pump I9
F7 2A Anti-theft + customer engine immobiliser D2
Engine X8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11
F25 2A + Vbat digital lock F2
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B10
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Engine/cab interface G7 F31 10A + APC engine start safety, relay K5 F2
Engine X42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch I9 F42 50A Ignition switch B3
Engine X61 B34 Fuel water level sensor I12 F43 80A Alternator B3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A3
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode B12
F46 80A Preheat B3
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button B8
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 H13 F52 20A Diesel preheater relay K22 E5
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G12 F54 30A RC engine speed relay E6
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve G10 F55 25A Engine start and ORH platform relay K21 E6
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2
F66 A2
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface H13
K20 Preheat relay E5
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor I12
Cab 1 X284 EASY Manager option A7 K21 Engine start relay E8
Mbf option X285 G1 Easy manager option +bat power supply A2 K22 Fuel heater E9
Mbf option X286 G1 Easy manager option -bat power supply B2 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay E9
Cab 1 X291 Easy Manager / additional harness option interface A3
Easy Manager / Engine immob additional harness option
Cab 1 X292 A4
interface
80
Components Splices
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence Item Position on diagram
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C5
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Option Anti-démarrage Option EASY Manager
Ma se M ab M
Ma sse C ab M
V Bat
Ma s e C
X292 EASY Manager
Ma
X291
sse ote 2
s
F66
X284
s
434 1 434 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 11 12
EP 59
Ch ur
1 2 3 4
ass
396
387
388
389
391
394
321
395
391 2 391
321
349
299
65
X285
is M
A
1
G1
4
EP 55 S19-1 X121-3
Sch. 8 Sch. 8
BF1 / M1
F45 S2 S50
5 10
EP17
F42 2 Sch. 2 X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
F46
CLUSTER
X286 6 4
A9 / MC2
349
OP
120
148
125
119
141
123
124
43
11
39
12
391
X201 F43 3 3 X138 1 2 3 4
B 30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
184
119
134
242
X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2 X13 5 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125
64
64
65
245
123
124
206
134
122
245
50
66
67
69
70
51
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5 K5-5
APC 15 69 121
C Sch. 8
APC 15 70
10
X113 1
71
BF3 / M1
D 11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
V5
56
11
BF1/M2
44
34
33
EP 7
4
APC 68 3
1 21
41
12 8 6
33
45
44
27
34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
F52
F54
F55
K21 K22 K23
E
71
86 30 86 30 86 30
K20 85 87
EP 9
2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
12
43
31
32
5
2 5 2 5 2 5
35
72
73
37 36
V3
240
240
68
35
29
18
241
BF3 / M2
F31
F25
F
46
39
387
K5-3
Sch. 8
EP56
80
EP 14
G X23
C3
14
49
29
30
243
244
A4 1 2 X200
50 13
51 A3
11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12
A5 19
244
B8 284 57
243 24 CN1-P1 / X148
121 A6 21
25
60 A1
8
24
285
H 62 C1
EP 1
9
61 A8
8-1
C8
1 51
63 9-1
285
284
X257
5
X3 1 2 3 4
M1
46
47
28
27
23
X42
19
1
2
X7 1 2
M
EP 3
M t° S3
M2
I X4 X0 58
59
18
B+
46
50
51
47
52
3
G
45 1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14
V4
M
58
U D+ Y2 Y1
13
N
EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W
B34 B74
22
X0
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
Connectors Splices
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster D3, E2 EP5 C6
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A6 EP9 A3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A3 EP15 H5
Cab 1 X115 Diagnostics G2 EP16 F3
Frame X116 Manipower supply frame / engine interface B3 EP17 C2
Frame X148 A1 CN1-P1 Power D7 EP28 E6
Frame X149 A1 CN2-P1 Power D5 EP29 H5
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A2
Frame/Engine X257 Frame/Engine Interface G5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5
Cab 1 X284 Easy Manager option H2
CAN Network
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Manimux Cluster
A1 Manimux MP1 D5 PAD tool
A9 MC2 Cluster D2
B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5
VCI
CAN A
80
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C7
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M ass Ca
M se Ca M
M sse
M
66 69 70 67 68
as e b
as C b 1
Key:
se ha M
4
5
5
C 4
Ch ss 2
APC 5
APC 1
APC 1
AP 5
AP a t
A
C
B
as is M
BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2
V
si 2
36
- CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)
sM
X113
C
X201 F45 F22
3
10 1 71 73
EP 9
72
35
X112
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
F41 7 2 F23 37 37 18 - A: Power supply
F44 6 1 ALIM. 1
F28 42 - M: Ground
10 mm2
F33 - LSS: Output safety line
X116 68 48
D
B
BF3 / M1
F9
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14
EP 5
EP17
X284-2 388
Sch. 1
154
155
190
191
192
266
86
35
36
87
88
89
90
91
CN1-P1 / X148
4 10 20 9 32 X13 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75
D
A M CN2-P1 / X149
CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12
R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 284 57
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
L H
X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72
285
143
107
Black
96
45
E EP28
LSS
42
CAN A
48
1
X263 3 2 5 4 1
16
Wake-up line
14
CAN B
6 CAN A
F 5 186 185
EP16 R
11
3 CAN B B50
CAN A
J 1939
J 1939
X115
80
285
284
X257
1 2 3 4
G LSS
CAN B
J 1939 12
J 1939 11
107 9 71
143 7 45
187 8 95
392
393
EP15 EP29
H 8
6
CAN A 5 CAN A
5
X110
X284
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT AND TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Connectors
Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation Hydraulic
type name diagram correspondence Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Frame X53 Y3 Forward electrovalve G10
A1 Manimux Power MP1 E4, G9
Frame X54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve F10
A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and move) G2, G12
Frame X55 B11 Forward gear sensor H13
B11 Forward motion pressure sensor H14
Frame X56 B12 Reverse sensor H13
B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor H14
Frame X57 B13 Transmission oil pressure D11
B13 Transmission oil pressure switch D12
Frame X58 B24 GEARBOX temperature sensor (2 contacts on MX) D11
B14 Gearbox output speed sensor F10
Frame X60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off (except hydrostatic) G11
B15 Roller 1 on JSM G2, H12
Frame X62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor E10
B16 Roller 2 on JSM F2,H12
Frame X67 A12 JSM plug G3, I10
B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) D12
Frame X71 Output A on telescope and attachment E6
S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off G12
Frame X72 Output B on telescope and attachment F6
S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) G2
Frame X75 Y9 Movement safety EV1 D6
S25 FNR contact on JSM E2, I12
Frame X91 Boom head electrovalve H8
S46 Switch on accelerator pedal J14
Frame X92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control E11
Y3 Forward electrovalve G11
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface J12
Y4 Reverse electrovalve F11
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch J13
Y5 Telescope extend proportional electrovalve F7
Frame X123 Y16 Safety electrovalve G6
Y6 Telescope retract proportional electrovalve E7
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 F4, J9
Y7 Attachment proportional electrovalve direction 1 E7
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G4, C9
Y8 Attachment proportional electrovalve direction 2 E7
Mbf option X166 Y12 Boom head electrovalve connector I8
Y9 Safety valve 1/distributor D7
Frame X260 Y50 Flow regulation electrovalve connector D6
Y12 Boom head electrovalve I8
Y13 Negative brake electrovalve E12
Y16 Safety valve 2/distributor G7
Y50 Flow regulation valve C7
80
Splices
EP25 G5
EP26 G5
EP90 E10
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C9
DIAGRAM 3 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT AND TRANSMISSION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M sse Ca
M e C ass 1
M ass
M
as C b
as ha is
a e
s h M
se ss M
Ch is 2
A
as M1
si
sM
3
B
C
Y50
CN2-P1 / X149
138 1
2 T
139 19 108 108 1
337 X260 10 221 221 2
12 13 B24
36 2
X58
138 542
66 1
139 540
D 112 2
X75 Y9
27 111 111 1
68 4
149 149
38
X57
148 148 3 P
B13
Y8
70 2
145 145
40
70 223 223 8 2
1
144 144
A1 / MP 12 83 222 222 7 1
X71 Y6 EP90
E
X92
R 67
147 147 4 Y13
S25 N
F 12 30
37
146 146 3 X62
183 52
102 102 2
11 182 59 Y7 22
69
143 143 2 101 101 1 c
8 179 82
39
142 142 1
B14
1 172 34
X72 Y5
7 178 49
104 2
F 5 176 88
63 103 103 1
4 175 87
B16
X54 Y4 2
6 177 19 171
61 241
3 86 29 170 1
174 170
CN1-P1 / X148
B15
540
80
58
A12 / JSM 240 539 1
9 180 56 EP26 110 2
S16
CN2-P1 / X149 X123
542
4
1 2
X91 85 173 2 X56
B15
98
B
86 174 3
C
19 177 6 99
B12
A
B16
87 175 4 100
H 88 176 5
X55
49 178 7 B
105
34 172 1 C
106
B11
82 179 8 A
107
1 2 59 182 11
X166
30 183 12
F
3 98 N S25
I X67
20 99 R
Y12 18 100
2 105
79 106 2
104
78 107
149 3
5 231 231
4 150 4
S46
CN1-P1 / X148 26 65 3 1
J 65 103
X110 X114
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster B2 B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch F9
Engine X 17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch E3 B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch F4
Engine X 18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch C3 B9 Front wheel alignment sensor B11
Engine X 20 B6 Air filter clogging C2 B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor B12
Frame X 21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor E9 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor B7
Cab 1 X 22 S11 Brake fluid level F4, G4 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor B7
Engine/Cab 1 X 23 Engine/cab interface C2 B13 Transmission oil pressure switch A11
Cab 1 X 45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) E2 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor D12
Cab 1 X 52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power G13 B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch C14
Frame X 55 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor C7 B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 E10
Frame X 56 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor C6 B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 F11
Frame X 57 B13 Transmission oil pressure A11 B20 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 F10
B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 E9
Frame X 58 B24 A12
Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) B22 Safety valve/distributor hydraulic cut-out pressure switch C11
Frame X 62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor D12 B23 Boom angle sensor E13
Cab 1 X 63 R2 Fuel gauge B4 B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) A12
Cab 1 X 64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch E4 B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch B13
Frame X 65 B9 Front wheel alignment B11 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch F12
Frame X 66 B10 Rear wheel alignment B12 B35 Boom lowering NC sensor I11
Frame X 70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch B13 B36 Boom lifting NC sensor I11
Cab 1 X 73 R2 Fuel gauge C4 B37 Tilting NO sensor I12
Frame X76 B22 Safety valve/distributor pressure switch B11 B38 Tilting NC sensor A7
Frame X77 B36 Boom lifting NC sensor H11 B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A9
Frame X78 B35 Boom lowering NC sensor H11 B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A8
Frame X79 B37 Tilting NO sensor H12 B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A10
Frame X80 B38 Tilting NC sensor A7 B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A9
Frame X81 B42 Right stabiliser raising NC sensor A9 B43 Levelling NO sensor A10
Frame X82 B41 Right stabiliser lowering NC sensor A10 B44 Levelling NC sensor A11
Frame X83 B40 Left stabiliser raising NC sensor A8 B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1 I13
Frame X84 B39 Left stabiliser lowering NC sensor A9 B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2 I13
Frame X85 B43 Levelling NO sensor A10 R2 Fuel level sensor C4
Frame X86 B44 Levelling NC sensor A11 S9 Closed cab door switch on cluster NC (wake-up) E2
Frame X 87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch D10 S10 Closed cab door switch on power NO G13
Frame X 88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch E11 S11 Low brake fluid level switch F4
Frame X 96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch E10 S34 Retracted boom sensor F10
80
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M ass se C Mo b M 1
as e C h te 2
M as se Ca M
se h as ur
M as se Cab
108
M as se
Ch as sis
160
158
164
162
151
161
159
165
163
167
150
X82
166
X84 X86
168
169
X83 X81 X85
M as
111
112
X80 221
as sis M
X111 X57 X58
si M 1
APC 5 66
APC 1 67
C 5 69
70
15 14 13 11 10 9 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
sM 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
4
4
15
A
AP at
APC 5
3
B
V
P
B38 B40 B39 B42 B41 B43 B44
B13 B24 T
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2
BF1 / M1
114
113
112
111
110
109
F45
X139 5 4 6 2 1 3
184
185
B B9 B10
X76 B29
5 X13 34 36 40 39 27 35 31 1 2
P
X70
139
135
118
54
53
55
_ + _ +
225
2
10
138
1
53
54
55
X63
224
X23 P 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1
71
C4 B4 B6
227
229
84
85
83
B17
114
115
113
B22 P
16
20
26
20
272
150
160
158
164
162
168
166
184
111
108
221
X56 X55
32
31
37 6 80 88 34 5 4 64 3 33 28 27 13 49 11 19 10 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
B C A B C A
R2 78
107 107
100
EP 9
105
106
98
99
CN2-P1 / X149
C N
106 79
105 2
A1 / MP12
100 18
X73
25
26
20
17
16
99
C X20 X18 1 2
249
98 3
BF3 / M2
6
80 CN1-P1 / X148
F21
60 54 84 83 24 23 53 7 9 10 55 22 52 80 48 50
P t°
127
125
38
202
101
102
230
226
154
152
37
156
22
21
1 2 X62
B6
123
B5
124
D X87
129
130
X97
34
33
3 2 1 3 2 1
B14
EP91
X16-6
EP20
Sch. 5 c
P P
B18
80
B21
X110
16 18
22
24
23
21
19
18
135
156
X100
106
4 6 5 1 3 2
X64
118
34
1 2
202
203
127
128
126
125
E
226
228
37
X134 X96 X88
38
39
40
X21 X132
20
1 2 1 2 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2
X17 1 2
X45
P
B23
S9
P P P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19 B30
S34
B3
139
X22
S11
F
106
163
X22 X52 1 2
159
80
156
31
G S10
EP61
Only MT1840
271
272
270
32
1 2 4 3
X124
+ +
156
157
154
155
152
153
X77 X78 X79
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
X130 X131
S S
C1 C2
+ +
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALLING
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light D11 E13 Front left working light H4
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch C9 E14 Roof light C8
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset C12 E15 Rotating beacon light D12
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster E3 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor F13
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch D2 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D6
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D8 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I6
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface B8 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper E12 M9 Window up motor I6
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I6 M11 Rotating beacon light motor D12
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7 S4 Wiper commutator switch A13
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light I10 S5 Light commutator switch C4
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light I12 S6 Window regulator switch J2
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link G4 S7 Cigarette lighter I5
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight I8 V2 Windscreen wiper reset diode 6A/600V (P600J) D12
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight I9
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light I14
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer I13
Fuses and relays
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn G13
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor I6 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter I5
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A2
Cab 1 X 47 S7 Cigarette lighter light I5
F11 10A Cigarette lighter E2
Option X 48 E12 Front right working light G4
F12 15A Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Option X 49 E13 Front left working light G4
F13 10A Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light B8
F20 15A Electric window up E2
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D5
F24 15A Front auto return windscreen wiper motor + Vbat B5
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up G2
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface G5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G8
80
Splices
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C13
DIAGRAM 5 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M sse
M
as C
a
M Ch ssi
M sse ssis M2
se ha
a a s
as C M
APC 1 67
C 5 70
68
se ab 3
4
15
APC 5
Ca M
AP at
A
B
b 1
V
M
F21
2
Sch. 4
BF1 / M1 S4
X113
X201 F45 5 10 71 73
1
EP 9 BF3 / M2
0 1
0
33
78
72
F24 X16 5 6
C
38
29
30
F
30 + BAT
29
X50
56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B
57/58 EP10
0
Sch. 6
1 L R
0 2
S8
X11
S5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12 1 2
C 31
131
129
130
30 L
19
236
127
128
117
18
E14
116
132
43
24
25
X59 1 3 2 4
X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24 1 116
1 2
25 2 117
+perm
M4 vit
D raz
M 26 3 97
E15
CLUSTER 3
132
-
28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4 X6 1 2
28 5 99 V2
M11
239
28
X13
131
E K2-5
67
68
70
Sch. 8
BF3 / M1
K2-5
Sch. 8
239
F11
F12
F13
F20
130
153
133
38
X25 3 6 1 5 4 2
3 M3 2
16
17
19
32
+perm vit 1
2
F
raz
1
M
-
18
6
236
17 233 K2-3
EP11 Sch. 8
100
80
78
97
98
99
X33 3 4 1 2
X110 B2
1 10 13 14 15
G A1 / MP 12
63
72
75
76
77
165
101
32
1 2 1 2
X69 CN2-P1 / X149
A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62
69
211
122
132
133
134
135
116
119
121
120
55
77
76
75
72
63
54
56
16
13
11
9
E12 E13
H
62
51
50
EP1
EP2
2 1
X37
131
132
133
134
135
211
118
119
120
121
122
56
50
55
54
16
13
11
58
10
101
10
17
12
9
X35 X36 X31 4 X32 6 X38
100
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 5 1 6 5 3 1 2 4 1 2
128
166
127
160
71
161
X28
16
X43 2 1 X27 1 2 1 2
X46 X47
I 1 2 1
63
64
STOP STOP
H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5
0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
noir
E1 E2 E3 E4 B1
E7
noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D11 S38 Rear working light switch G8
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C7 S39 Rear window defrost switch G6
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump D8 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch G4
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light I11 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch G3
Frame X 40 Trailer socket I11 S42 Telescope working light switch E13
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply D5 S44 Pneumatic seat switch E2
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A6
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A8
Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light I9
Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light I8
Fuses and relays
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom I10
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom I9 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) H10 F8 10A Pneumatic seat B2
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor I4 F10 2A Car radio + APC B2
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2 F11 10A Cigarette lighter B2
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface G9 F16 15A max. S42 & S43 switch supply B3
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3 F17 15A Rear working light B3
Cab X121 S44 Pneumatic seat pump E2 F18 10A Rear windscreen defrost B3
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G10 F19 7.5A Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen washer B3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G12 F26 7.5A +V bat car radio D4
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker D6 F27 10/15A Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat D4
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker D7 F32 7.5A + APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer D4
F45 40A BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) D2
80
Components
Splices
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
Item Position on diagram
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G13
A7 Car radio A7 EP9 D3
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C15
DIAGRAM 6 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M as se C
M as
as se a
M
se Ca b
APC 5 66
APC 1 67
APC 1 69
0
68
Ch b M2
C 57
4
4
5
A7
as M1
APC 5
AP at
si
B
sM
V
X93 X94
3
A 5 6
B 5 6
1 2 3 4 7 8 1 2 3 4 7 8
151
15
40
74
75
76
77
66
67
68
70
69
B
F10
F11
F16
F17
F18
F19
F8
BF3 / M1
28
31
15
30
29
13
74
75
76
77
81
S43-9
X16 1 2 3 4 9 Sch. 8
20
21
22
23
36
34 83
7
55 29
9
57 30
BF3 / M2
10
59 47
D
68 F32 47 11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F26
158
X201 F45 12
81
21
20
40
22
C
23
5 10 71 73
EP 9 X204 1 X205 X26 X15
1 X68 2 1 2 1 2
D F27
34
72 41 1 46
41
28 2 47 M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9
48 50
162
S43-5
13
X121 Sch. 8
49
E
48
5 4
EP11
S44
47
C
M15
F
42
60 38 39
A1 / MP 12
80
83
58 41 40
59
61
G X112 14
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149
536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9 1 9
1 1 1 1 0
2 0 2 0 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65
537
249
5 S414 9 5 S404 9 5 S39 10 5
S38 10
S41 S40 S39 S38
56
57
37
53
toit
EP73
lateral 55 54
36 37
H
538
256
245
243
247
244
249
250
248
246
X59-1 X105 1 2 X40 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
Sch. 5
43
EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4
45
44
41
52
53
42
X108 1 3 2 4 X107 1 3 2 4
X104 1 2
X103 1 2
I
40
39
X102 1 2 1 2
X101
1 2 1 2
38
M6 M5
+perm vit +perm vit
raz raz
R3
M M STOP STOP
3
-
3
E18 E19
-
4 4
E16 E17
E5 E6
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Components EP113 B7
Hydraulic SP1 G5, G11
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence SP2 H6, G11
A1 Manimux Power MP1 D2 SP5 H6
A8 Heating / ventilation panel I3 SP6 H6
A25 Electronic control module fans and air-conditioning condenser H12 SP75 F11
B46 Air-conditioning high pressure sensor J10 SP76 C12
B52 Art-conditioning anti-freeze thermostat I8 SP77 F11
M10 Air-conditioning compressor C7 SP78 F11
M12 Air-conditioning motor fan 1 I11 SP81 F12
M13 Air-conditioning motor fan 2 I12 SP82 F12
M16 Heating vent blower motor fan I6 SP83 F12
R14 Heating / air-conditioning fan speed resistance plate I7
SP84 F12
S13 Heater speed control switch I5
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C17
DIAGRAM 7 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M
M sse
a
as C
C 4 66
69
s e ab
15
APC 5
Ca M
AP at
b 1
B
M
V
2
52
B2 X23
15
15
X30
X30A
849
BF3 / M2 EP112
B BF1 / M1
V1
X113 F29
X201 F45
C
5 10 71 73
850
1
EP 9
252
72 F30
253
EP113
X15
252
253
X30B 6
X97.1 1 2
33
68
69
C
68
C X30C
SP76
BF3 / M1
66
F4 6 M10
69
A1 / MP 12
CN2-P1 / X149
45
E 64
126
79
80
52
X16 7 8 12 11
31
32
67
66
31
32
67
66
69
64
SP78
SP75
SP84
SP83
SP82
SP81
F
SP77
2
X110
102
X95 X290
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
C2 C1
80
SP2
152
102
126
SP1
80
79
X29
6
G 1 2 3 4 5 6
C3 10 7 9 5 6
C6
SIGNAL
GND
GND
(+)
(+)
SERIE
SP1 SP5
PCB RELAIS A25
FAN A (+)
FAN B (+)
PARLELLE
FAN A (-)
FAN B (-)
SP6
MP
H 8 1 2 4 3
C8
1 2 3 C3
SP2 3
1 2
C7 C1
C2 C5
510 Ohms
4 1 3 2 1 2 1 2
2 1 E F C4
R
A B 2 4 1 3
C5
1 3
C4 C6
1 3
2160C
MTS
A
I 0 1
M12 M13
2 ON MP
B 2 5 4
3
K14 OFF
A8 4
C
1.16 Ohm
0.57 Ohm
0.31 Ohm 2 5 4
10C 3.50C
14-17
S13 bars
M16 HP LP
R14 B52
D
22-28 2-2.1
B46 bars bars FAN B FAN A
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
No.: 971081
Splices
EP1 E9
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS C19
DIAGRAM 8 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M as s e
as s e Ca
M as
M
se C b
APC 5 a 65
APC 5 66
Ch ab M1
APC 1 67
APC 1 69
C 5 70
68
0
4
4
5
as M2
APC 5
AP at
si
B
sM
V
3
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2
66
69
X11-7 X25-4
67
68
70
X13 8 6 18 Sch. 5 Sch. 5
A B
136
137
F14
F15
87
F1
F2
F3
F5
F6
B
BF3/M1
21
22
4
1
9
X118-6
248
Sch. 1
129
133
1
248
176
2
177
94
174
3
175 93
C 179
96
178
4
94
141
X121 1 BF3
5
95
K1 2 5 4
K2 2 5 4
K3 2 5 4
K4 2 5 4
K5 2 5 4
K6 2 5
6
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 96
7
85
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
8
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
86
siege
9
137
21
136
233
93
95
46
1
10
88
S5 S6
11
89
12
82
3 2
13
EP11 F31
251
252
Sch. 5 Sch. 1
X284-12 396 84
Sch. 1 1 2
15
20 X109
16
23
17
Y14
CABINE
X112
E 22 26
EP1 24
395
86
85
87
167 168 169 X284-11
Sch. 1
1 10 1 10 1 10
253
254
1 0 1 0 1 0
X106 1 2
80
89
88
82
170 171 172
G
1 0 1 10 0 1 10 0 1 10
1 1
174
167
170
35
S42-9
68
Sch. 6
35
D
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
1 0 1 9
BF3/M2
S43
23
20
5 10
I S43
51
EP11 49
Sch. 6
(08/01/2019) 80-02-M179EN
C20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M179EN (08/01/2019)
From machine
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D1
No.: 971081
80
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D2 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D3
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11
B+ I5
D+ I5
W I5
C1 I4, G12
C2 I6, G12
C3 G11, H8
C4 I8, I10
C5 I6, I12
C6 G5, I11
C7 H3
C8 H5
X0 I3,J3
X1 B5
X2 B6
X3 I3
X4 I2
X5 D12
X6 D11
X7 I9
X8 I11
X11 C9
X12 C12
X14 D2
X16 B8 C7 E7
X17 E3
X18 C3
X20 C2
80
X21 E9
X22 F4, G4
X23 G7 B2 A7
X25 E12
X26 D8
X27 I6
X28 I7
X29 G6
X30 B7
X30A B7
X30B C7
X30C C7
X31 I10
X32 I12
X33 G4
X34 I11
X35 I8
X36 I9
X37 I14
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D4 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11
X38 I13
X39 G13
X40 I11
X42 I9
X43 I6
X45 E2
X46 I5
X48 G4
X49 G4
X50 B8
X51 I5,I6
X52 G13
X53 G2
X54 F2
X55 E2
X56 D2
X57 C2
X58 B2
X59 D5
X60 I3
X61 I12
X62 E2
X63 B4
X64 E4
X65 B11
X66 B12
X67 G3
X68 D5
X69 G2
X70 B13
X73 C4
80
X87 D10
X88 E11
X91 C13
X92 D4
X93 A6
X94 A8
X95 F11
X96 E10
X97 D9
X97.1 C6
X100 E14
X101 I9
X102 I8
X103 I10
X104 I9
X105 H10
X106 F12
X107 I4
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D5
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Diag. 11
X108 I2 X199 F8
X114 J6 X204 D6
X115 G2 X205 D7
X138 B8 X286 B2
X150 D9 B4 F6 A3 X311 J5
X152 C2
X156 C6
X157 E6
X158 D6
X159 C6
X160 J5
80
X161 E5
X162 I5
X163 H5
X164 H5
X166 F11
X167 D3
X168 D3
X169 D4
X170 D5
X188 G5
X189 A3
X190 F5
X191 F5
X194 H7
X195 D12
X196 H4
X197 J3 H5,H6, I6
X198 F7
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D6 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
Connectors
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
1 – START-UP / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Engine B+ G2 Alternator I5 MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Engine D+ G2 Alternator I5
Engine W G2 Alternator I5
Engine X0 S1 Battery cut-off I3,J3 Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X1 S2 Ignition switch (4 way) B5
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 1 X2 S2 Ignition switch (6 way) B6
Engine X3 R1 Preheat I3 F7 2A Anti-theft + customer engine immobiliser D2
Engine X4 M1 Starter electrovalve I2
F25 2A + Vbat digital lock F2
Engine X5 R5 Fuel heater D12
F31 10A + APC engine start safety, relay K5 F2
Engine X7 M2 Diesel pump I9
Engine X8 Y1 Engine stop electrovalve I11 F42 50A Ignition switch B3
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B10 F43 80A Alternator B3
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Engine/cab interface G7 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A3
Engine X42 Y2 Cold start system thermoswitch I9
F46 80A Preheat B3
Engine X61 B34 Fuel water level sensor I12
F52 20A Diesel preheater relay K22 E5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3
Cab 1 X118 Customer digicode B12 F54 30A RC engine speed relay E6
Cab 1 X138 S50 Emergency stop button B8 F55 25A Engine start and ORH platform relay K21 E6
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 H12 F66 A2
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G11
K20 Preheat relay E5
Frame X151 Power CN2 - P2 H13
K21 Engine start relay E8
Engine X200 ORH engine speed electrovalve G10
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 B2 K22 Fuel heater E9
Engine/Frame X257 Engine/frame interface H13 K23 Engine speed / Radio Control relay E9
Engine X258 B74 Radiator minimum water level sensor I12
Cab 1 X284 EASY Manager option A7
Mbf option X285 G1 Easy manager option +bat power supply A2
Mbf option X286 G1 Easy manager option -bat power supply B2
Cab 1 X291 Easy Manager / additional harness option interface A3
Easy Manager / Engine immob additional harness
Cab 1 X292 A4
option interface
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G12
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D7
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Option Anti-démarrage Option EASY Manager
Ma s s e b M
V Bat
Ma s e C
Ma se Ca M1
X292 EASY Manager
Ma
X291
s s e Mo 2
F66
s
X284
s
434 1 434 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 10 11 12
EP 59
Ch teu
1 2 3 4
396
387
388
389
391
394
321
395
391 2 391
ass r
ab
321
349
299
65
X285
is M
A
4
S19-1 X121-3
EP 55 Sch. 11 Sch. 11
BF1 / M1
G1 F45 S2 S50
5 10
EP17
F42 2 Sch. 2 X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
F46
CLUSTER
X286 6 4
A9 / MC2
349
OP
120
148
125
119
141
123
124
43
11
39
12
391
X201 F43 3 3 X138 1 2 3 4
B 30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
184
119
134
222
X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2 X13 5 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125
64
64
65
245
206
134
122
245
123
124
50
66
67
69
70
51
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5 K5-5
APC 15 69 121
C Sch. 11
APC 15 70
10
X113 1
71
BF3 / M1
D 11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
V5
56
11
BF1/M2
44
34
33
EP 7
4
APC 68 3
1 21
41
12 8 6
33
45
44
27
34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
F52
F54
F55
K21 K22 K23
E
71
86 30 86 30 86 30
K20 85 87
EP 9
2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
12
43
31
32
5
2 5 2 5 2 5
35
72
73
37 36
V3
240
240
68
35
29
18
241
BF3 / M2
F31
F25
F
46
39
K5-3
387
Sch. 11 222
EP56
80
EP 10
29
30
224
A4 1 2 X200
50 13
51 A3
11
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
CN2-P1 / X149
EP7 214 214 A5 19
Sch. 5 B8 284 57
224 24 CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P2 / X151
A6 1 2
121 21
25 54 82
60 A1
8 Y20
24
285
529
533
H C1
EP 1
62 9
61 A8
8-1
C8
1 51
63 9-1
285
284
529
533
X257
5
X3 1 2 3 4
M1
46
47
28
27
23
X42
221
19
1
2
X7 1 2
M
EP 3
X199-3 M t° S3
M2
I X4 X0
Sch. 5
58
59
18
B+
46
50
51
47
52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14 V4
45
M
58
U D+ Y2 Y1
13
N
EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W
B34 B74
22
X0
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
Connectors No.: 971081
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic
Item Designation
type name diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster D3, E2
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface H5,A6 Splices
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface I3
Item Position on diagram
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A3
Cab 1 X115 Diagnostics G2 EP5 C6
Frame X116 Manipower supply frame / engine interface B3 EP6 C9
Frame X148 A1 CN1-P1 Power D7 EP9 A3
Frame X149 A1 CN2-P1 Power D5 EP15 H5
Frame X150 A2 CN1-P2 Power D9 EP16 F3
Frame X151 A2 CN2-P2 Power D11 EP17 C2
Cab 1/ORH X197 R7 Radio Control receiver J3 EP27 E9
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A2 EP28 E6
Frame/Engine X257 Frame/Engine Interface G5 EP29 H5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5 EP32 G11
Cab 1 X284 Easy Manager option H2
CAN Network
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence PAD tool
A1 Manimux MP1 D5
A2 Manimux MP2 D9
A9 MC2 Cluster D2 Manimux Cluster
B50 Vishay CAN gauge F5
Manimux Power MP12
R7 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W J3
VCI
CAN B
CAN A
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D9
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Key:
M as se C
M sse e C ab
M as
66 69 70 67 68
a s
as C ab M
M
se ha M 1
4
5
5
C 4
Ch ss 2
APC 5
APC 1
APC 1
APC 5 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)
AP a t
A BF1 / M1
B
as is M
V
si 2
BF3 / M2 36
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
sM
X113
F45 F22
3
X201 1
- CAN C: ORH/RC CAN (Power22 ⇔ Platform control panel and RC receiver)
C
10 71 73 35
EP 9
72 X110
F41
7 2 ALIM. 2
F23 37 37 2 - A: Power supply
F44 6 1
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
F28 42
147 X196-1 - M: Ground
Sch. 5
10 mm2
F33
- LSS: Output safety line
X116 68 48
D
B
BF3 / M1
F9
10 mm2
ALIM. 2
C
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14
EP 5
EP 6
EP17
X284-2 388
Sch. 1
233
234
235
236
237
238
193
194
195
154
155
190
191
192
266
86
35
36
87
88
89
90
91
CN1-P1 / X148 CN1-P2 / X150
4 10 20 9 32 X13 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 75 45
D
A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M
24
69
CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 57 CN2-P2 / X151
High CAN A
High CAN A
284
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
44
L H 43
X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72 74 73 14 71 72 90 11 42 41
546
285
143
107
242
Black
96
48
E EP28 EP31
EP 30
LSS
LSS
EP27
42
CAN A
48
1
X263 3 2 5 4 1
16
Wake-up line Wake up line
14 Wake-up line 48
CAN B
CAN A
45
6
F 5 186 185
EP16 R
CAN B H
CAN B L
11
CAN B
CAN A
3 B50
CAN C
J 1939
J 1939
8 X195-2 X195-5
Sch. 5 Sch. 5
80
285
284
X115
X257
1 2 3 4
G LSS LSS
CAN B
69
J 1939 12
EP 32
J 1939 11
107 9 71 LSS 68
143 7 45
Wake-up line
187 8 95 71
392
393
CAN C
EP15 EP29
H
6
8
CAN A 5 CAN A
5
X110
CAN C
X284
X111
29
23
I
14 CAN C
X197
J CAN L
2
CAN H 1 R7
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D10 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X53 Y3 Forward electrovalve G2 A1 Manimux Power MP1 D1
Frame X54 Y4 Reverse electrovalve F2 A12 JSM (Joystick Switch and move) G4
Frame X55 B11 Forward gear sensor E2 B11 Forward motion pressure sensor E3
Frame X56 B12 Reverse sensor D2 B12 Reverse motion pressure sensor D3
Frame X57 B13 Transmission oil pressure C2 B13 Transmission oil pressure switch C3
Frame X58 B24 GEARBOX temperature sensor (2 contacts on MX) B2 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor F3
Frame X60 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off (except hydrostatic) I3 B15 Roller 1 on JSM H4
Frame X62 B14 Gearbox output speed sensor E2 B16 Roller 2 on JSM H4
Frame X67 A12 JSM plug G3 B24 Gearbox temperature sensor (2 contacts on Manimux) B3
Frame X92 Y13 Negative brake electrovalve control D4 S14 Gear lever transmission cut-off I3
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab interface J5 S15 Left/Right levelling or stabilisers switch G4
Cab 1 X114 Accelerator switch J6 S16 BP2 contact on JSM (Only with EVTF option) G4
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 J1 S25 FNR contact on JSM I4
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 B1 S46 Switch on accelerator pedal J6
Y3 Forward electrovalve G3
Y4 Reverse electrovalve F3
Y13 Negative brake electrovalve D4
Splices
80
EP90 C3
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D11
DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M s s e Ca
M as s
M
as C b
a e
se h a M
Ch s s i 1
as s M
si 2
A
sM
1
CN2-P1 / X149 X58
10
221 221 2
19
B 108 108 1
T B24
112 2
27 111 1
111
X57
P B13
C
70 223 223 2
8
83 222 222 7 1
EP90
X92
Y13
A1 / MP 12
X56
D 3
98 B
20
99 C
B12
18
100 A
2
X55
105 B
79
106 C
B11
78
107 A
E
X62
52 102
102 2
22 101 c
101 1
B14
X54
104 2
F 63 103
103 1
Y4
X53
110 2
80
62 109 109 1
Y3
G
X67 S15 A12 / JSM
56 9
180
89 10
S16
232
85 2
173
B15
86 3
174
19 6
177
B16
87 4
175
H 88 176 5
49 7
178
34 1
172
82 8
179
59 11
182
30 12
183
F
N S25
R
I
171 2
2
29
104
170 170 1
149 3
X60 S14
5 10 150 4
231 231
S46
26 17 1
65 65 103
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D12 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 I4 A1 Manimux Power MP1 H3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 J4 A2 Manimux Power MP2 C3
Frame X150 A2 Power CN1 - P2 B4 A11 BMEP (Electro-proportional joystick block) B1
Frame X151 A2 Power CN2 - P2 D4 B51 Safety valve control pressure switch J6
Frame/ORH X152 A11 BMEP C2 S53 Hydraulic rescue movements authorization button B2
Frame X156 Y46 Telescoping proportional electrovalve C6 Y21 Discharge valve for the Danfoss valve bank G6
Frame X157 Y44 Lifting proportional electrovalve E6 Y22 Left axle lock cylinder electrovalve F6
Frame X158 Y45 Tilting proportional electrovalve D6 Y23 Right axle lock cylinder electrovalve F6
Frame X159 Y47 Aux proportional electrovalve C6 Y28 Movement safety electrovalve on valve bank J6
Frame X160 Y28 Movement safety electrovalve on EP valve bank J5 Y29 Deflector electrovalve on valve bank E6
Frame X161 Y29 Deflector electrovalve E5 Y40 Right stabilizer deflector electrovalve I6
Frame X162 Y40 Right stabiliser deflector electrovalve I5 Y41 Left stabilizer deflector electrovalve H6
Frame X163 Y41 Left stabiliser deflector electrovalve H5 Y42 Levelling deflector electrovalve H6
Frame X164 Y42 Levelling diversion electrovalve H5 Y44 Lifting EP electrovalve on valve bank D6
Discharge valve electrovalve (electro-proportional Y45 Tilting EP electrovalve on valve bank C6
Frame/ORH X188 Y21 G5
valve bank)
Y46 Telescoping EP electrovalve on valve bank C6
Frame/ORH X189 S53 Pushbutton A3
Y47 Auxiliary EP electrovalve on valve bank B6
Frame/ORH X191 Axle lock cylinder electrovalve connection F5
Y51 G6
Frame/ORH X190 Y22 Axle lock cylinder electrovalve F5
Y44 Lifting EP electrovalve on valve bank G18
X241 Y23 F5
Y45 Tilting EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
X264 Y51 G5
Y46 Telescoping EP electrovalve on valve bank E18
Frame X311 B51 Safety valve control pressure switch J5
Y47 Auxiliary EP electrovalve on valve bank C18
Y51 Discharge valve on boom descent opening M16
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D13
DIAGRAM 4 – HYDRAULIC MOVEMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M
M sse
M sse ha
a
a C
as Ch ss
se a is
Ch ssi M1
as s M
A
t
Ba
si 2
sM
V
3
15
193
1
X189
2 505 08 75
194
1 504 06 45
195
2 401 1
02 35
7 432 432 408
A11 / BMEP 402 4
48 57
6 431 431 410
1 403 3
49 27
5 430 430 402
X159
4 429 429 19 56
418 Y46
408 2
82
A2 / MP 22
18
AXE X 3 428 428 419
409 1
2 427 427 34 65
406
410 4
C 1 426 426 50 61
506
411 3
64
2 508
X152 X156
33
548 Y45
416 2
62 547
417 1
418 4
419 3
CN2-P2 / X151
83
416 X158
Y44
D 56
417
413 2
86
412 1
412
85
415 4
409
12
414 3
411
53
400 X157
26
401
2
13
403 407
E 406 1
70
502 X161 Y29
73
424
74 507 4 507 2
422
72 506 3 506 1
420
X190 Y22
509 2 509 2
F 508 1 508 1
548 2
337 547 1
12 13
X264 Y51
80
G 503 2
502 1
X188 Y21
425 2
424 1
X164 Y42
A1 / MP 12
H 423 2
422 1
X163 Y41
421 2
420 1
61
404 X162 Y40
75
I 192
45
191
15
190
2
405
CN1-P1 / X148 404 1
58
405
X160 Y28
28
454
CN2-P1 / X149
J 455
2
1
454
B51
X311
P
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D14 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
5 – RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
EP1 I11
EP2 I10
Components
EP3 I9
Hydraulic EP4 D9, I10
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
EP7 D8
A1 Manimux Power MP1 B8
A2 Manimux Power MP2 B12
A5 Control Radio Receiver I6,I7
A6 Platform remote control H10, G13
B31 Australia platform presence detection (inductive sensor) F12
B64 2-axis levelling sensor G6
G3 Radio control battery charger I4
R6 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W I5,I6
R8 Resistance 120 ohm 1/2 W E12
S47 Platform gate switch J9,J13
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D15
DIAGRAM 5 - RC (RADIO CONTROL) ORH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M ssee Ca
M s s e Cab M
M as s
M
a
as C M 1
a
se ha 2
C 67
70
M ssi
APC 54
15
ot s M
A
AP at
eu 3
b
B
r
V
BF3 / M2
68
F34 145
A1 / MP 12 A2 / MP 22
F35 23
CN2-P1 / X149 CN1-P2 / X150
F36 146
77 30 20 21 04 05 30 23
534
528
545
535
530
532
552
X111
531
200 534
16
201 535
17
211 523
7
207 520
6
X150-74
552
Sch. 2
C
X150-73
528 526 Sch. 2
1 2 3 X91
1 2 3
EVTDF
1 2 3
AUSTRALIE
211
X111
D 23 2
525
EP7
207
EP10
CAN B H
CAN B L
EP4
212 Sch. 1
6 1 4 7 8 2 5 3 X195
525
520
523
526
545
522
214
X195
X23-A5
EP OPT RC R8 6 1 4 7 9 8 2 5 3
217
208
209
Sch. 1
530
532
531
noir
bc5
bc1
bc3
bc6
bc9
bc2
bc4
X111 13 12 11
EVTDF
EN EP A
202
204
203
E
bc4
bc2
bc5
bc1
bc3
bc6
noir
X166 1 2 X141
ADA AUSTRALIE 6 7 8 9 10
DETECTION
PRESENCE
F NACELLE B31 1 2 3 4 5
208
212
221
217
202
203
204
189
X199 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Y12
R
145
188
200
201
15
17
18
19
13
20
14
7
1 2 3 4 X198
EP A
EP RC PANEL - ROOFER’S PLATFORM
80
EP STD
+ -
EP10
Sch. 1 X Y
G 1 (A)
3 1
PANEL - STANDARD PLATFORM
B64 S52 4 2 X141 6 7 8 9 10
0 std Wicket closed
0 1 1 2 3 4 5 PANEL A6 X230
Panel overload
3 3 3 1
M L K D E F G H J A C B
GROUND
CAN A H
CAN A L
2 (RC)
OUT AU
IN AU
4 4 4 2
11
146
220
209
191
20
X197 3 4 5 6 S54 8 16
H F23
Sch. 2 PANEL A6 X230
X197 1 2 3 4 5 6
M L K D E F G H J A C B
CAPA : 25V
Diode
Wicket opened
R=1 Ω 6800μF
1 2 3 4 5 6
147
192
Black
X196
X51 X197
Black
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
6
1 2 3 4 5
Condenser
Black
22 14 22 14
X51 6
S51 A5 1 2 3 4 5
I G3 21 13 21 13
R6 S48 XS1
S51 A5 EP2 EP1
A5/RECEPTEUR RC
OPTION RC R6 EP4
A5/RECEPTEUR RC
EP3
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
RC 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14
RC 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13
J VERSION EP RC VERSION A + RC S47 S47 S49 S48 S49 S47 S47
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D16 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X13 A9 Cluster B2 A1 Manimux Power MP1 C11
Engine X17 B3 Engine oil pressure switch E3 A2 Manimux Power MP2 E6
Engine X18 B5 Engine water thermoswitch C3 A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B3
Engine X20 B6 Air filter clogging C2 B3 Engine oil pressure switch F3
Frame X21 B7 Hydraulic filter sensor E9 B5 Engine temperature sensor D3
Cab 1 X22 S11 Brake fluid level F4, G4 B6 Engine air filter clogging pressure switch D2
Engine/Cab 1 X23 Engine/cab interface B2 B7 Hydraulic filter clogging pressure switch F9
Cab 1 X45 S9 NC door closed switch on cluster (wake-up) E2 B8 Brake master cylinder pressure switch E4
Cab 1 X52 S10 NO door closed switch on Manimux Power G13 B9 Front wheel alignment sensor B11
Cab 1 X63 R2 Fuel gauge B4 B10 Rear wheel alignment sensor B12
Cab 1 X64 B8 Master cylinder pressure switch E4 B17 Servo brake circuit fault pressure switch C14
Frame X65 B9 Front wheel alignment B11 B18 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 1 E10
Frame X66 B10 Rear wheel alignment B12 B19 Right-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 F11
Frame X70 B17 Assist brake circuit pressure switch B13 B21 Left-hand stabiliser pressure switch 2 E9
Cab 1 X73 R2 Fuel gauge C4 B23 Boom angle sensor E13
Frame X87 B18 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch D10 B29 Negative brake fault pressure switch B13
Frame X88 B19 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch E11 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch H12
Frame X96 B20 Left stabiliser low level pressure switch E10 B54 QX boom extension inductive sensor C1 I13
Frame X97 B21 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch D9 B55 QX boom extension inductive sensor C2 I13
Frame X100 B23 Boom angle sensor E14 B67 Intermediate telescope extend sensor 1 I7
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface E9 B68 Intermediate telescope extend sensor 2 I7
Frame/Cab 1 X111 Frame/cab Interface A6 R2 Fuel level sensor C4
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface B2 S9 Closed cab door switch on cluster NC (wake-up) E2
Frame X124 C1 and C2 QX boom inductive sensor connector H13 S11 Low brake fluid level switch F4
QX Boom X130 B54 Inductive sensor inner C1 QX boom H13 S10 Closed cab door switch on power NO G13
QX Boom X131 B55 Inductive sensor inner C2 QX boom H13 S34 Retracted boom sensor F10
Frame X132 B30 Servo steering circuit fault pressure switch (TUV) G12
Frame X133 B29 ON/OFF negative brake pressure switch B13
Frame X134 S34 Retracted boom sensor E10 Fuses and relays
Cab 1 X139 Pedal potentiometers B6
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 C9 Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 C13
F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply B2
Frame X150 A2 Power CN1 - P2 F6
Frame X151 A2 Power CN2 - P2 F7 F21 3A Roof light and door contact D2
80
EP9 C2
EP20 D13
EP61 G12
EP91 D13
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D17
DIAGRAM 6 – CAB SENSORS / EMERGENCY STOP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M s s e Ch a t eu
M as s Ca b M
M sse e M b M 1
M s s e Ca
M as s
as C s s r
a
a
M
X111
a e
se ha is
20 22 21 34 33 32
Ch ss M1
APC 5 66
APC 1 67
C 5 69
70
as i s M
A
o 2
4
4
15
114
113
112
111
110
109
APC 5
si 2
AP at
sM
B
V
3
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2
BF1 / M1
114
113
112
111
110
109
F45
X139 5 4 6 2 1 3
B9 B10
B29
B 5 X13 34 36 40 39 27 35 31
P
X70
139
135
118
54
53
55
_ + _ +
225
10
2
X113
138
1 X65 X66 X133
53
54
55
224
X23 X63 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 1
71
C4 B4 B6
114
115
113
227
229
84
85
83
P B17
16
20
26
20
272
31
32
80 6 37 13 49 11 32 18 41 9 20 29 21
R2
CN2-P1 / X149
EP 9
C N
A1 / MP12
80 6
X73
25
26
17
16
X20 X18 1 2
C CN1-P1 / X148
BF3 / M2
249
F21
60 54 84 83 24 23 53 55 80 48 50
226
125
230
202
127
38
37
22
21
P t°
B6
123
124
B5
129
130
X97 X87
34
33
D 3 2 1 3 2 1
X16-6
EP20
EP91
Sch. 7
P P
B18
80
B21
X110
16 30
22
24
23
21
19
18
135
156
X100
106
4 6 5 1 3 2
X64
118
34
1 2
202
203
127
128
126
125
37
X88
38
39
40
X96
E X21 X134
20
1 2 1 2 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 1 2 3
X17 1 2
X45
P
B23
S9
P
A2 / MP 22 P P P
B8 B7 B20 B19
S34
B3
139
X22
S11 CN2-P2 / X151
CN1-P2 / X150
F
25 55 49
519
518
516
106
163
X22
X52 1 2
159
80
156
31
S10
226
228
G
EP61
X132 1 2
P
Only MT1840A
271
272
270
B30
32
X124
519
1 2 4 3
+ +
EP72
H
1 2 1 2
517
518
515
516
X130 X131
1 2 3 4
X194
S S
+ + C1 C2
+ +
B54 B55
1 2 1 2
X202 X203
I
S S
+ +
B68 B67
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D18 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
7 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 2 X 6 E15 Rotating beacon light D11 E13 Front left working light H4
Cab 1 X 11 S4 Wiper stalk switch C9 E14 Roof light C8
Cab 1 X 12 Wiping reset C12 E15 Rotating beacon light D12
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster E3 M3 Front windscreen wiper motor F13
Cluster X 14 S5 Light commutator switch D2 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D6
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D8 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I7
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface B8 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7
Cab 1 X 25 M3 Front windscreen wiper E12 M9 Window up motor I6
Cab 2 X 27 M7 Front windscreen washer pump I6 M11 Rotating beacon light motor D12
Cab 2 X 28 M8 Rear windscreen washer pump I7 S4 Wiper commutator switch A13
Frame X 31 E3 Left rear light I10 S5 Light commutator switch C4
Frame X 32 E4 Right rear light I12 S6 Window regulator switch J2
Cab 2 X 33 Front L/R working headlight link G4 S7 Cigarette lighter I5
Frame X 35 E1 Front left headlight I8 V2 Windscreen wiper reset diode 6A/600V (P600J) D12
Frame X 36 E2 Front right headlight I9
Frame X 37 E7 Rear license plate light I14
Frame X 38 B1 Reverse buzzer I13 Fuses and relays
Frame X 39 B2 Main horn G13
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 2 X 43 M9 Window up motor I6
Cab 1 X 46 S7 Cigarette lighter I5 F45 40A BF3 (cab) supply A2
Option X 48 E12 Front right working light G4 F11 10A Cigarette lighter E2
Option X 49 E13 Front left working light G4 F12 15A Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Cab 2 X 50 E14 Roof light B8 F13 10A Rear windscreen wiper and windscreen washer E2
Cab 2 X 59 M4 Rear windscreen wiper motor D5 F20 15A Electric window up E2
Cab 1 X 69 S6 Window wind up G2 F24 15A Front auto return windscreen wiper motor + Vbat B5
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface G5
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface A3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G8
80
Splices
EP1 I2
Components
EP2 I2
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram EP9 A4
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G10
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 D2
B1 Reversing sound alarm I13
B2 Main horn G13
E1 Front left headlight I8
E2 Front right headlight I9
E3 Left rear light with fog light I11
E4 Right rear light with reversing light I12
E7 Rear license plate light I14
E12 Front right working light H4
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D19
DIAGRAM 7 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M sse
M
M sse h a sis
M sse ha
a C
a
as C s s M
a C s
s e ab i s 2
Ca M M3
67
70
68
b 1
C 4
AP15
M
C
AP at
APC 5
2
A
B
V
F21
Sch. 6
BF1 / M1 S4
X113
X201 F45 5 10 71 73
1
EP 9 BF3 / M2
0 1
0
33
78
72
X16
F24 5 6
C
38
29
30
F
30 + BAT
29
X50
56a 56b 54s 54d 49 A C B
57/58 EP10
0 R
Sch. 8
1 L
0 2
S8
X11
S5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X12 1 2
C 31
131
129
130
30 L
19
236
127
128
117
18
E14
116
132
43
24
25
X59 1 3 2 4
X14 X15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24 1 116
1 2
25 2 117
+perm
M4 vit
D raz
M 26 3 97
E15
CLUSTER 3
132
28
27 4 98
A9 / MC2 4 X6 1 2
28 5 99 V2
M11
239
28
X13
131
E K2-5
67
68
70
Sch. 11
BF3 / M1
K2-5
Sch. 11
239
F11
F12
F13
F20
130
153
133
38
X25 3 6 1 5 4 2
3 M3 2
16
17
19
32
+perm vit 1
2
F
raz
1
M
-
18
6
6
23
17 233 K2-3
EP11 Sch. 11
100
80
78
97
98
99
X33 3 4 1 2
X110 B2
1 10 13 14 15
G A1 / MP 12
63
72
75
76
77
165
100
32
1 2 1 2
X69 CN2-P1 / X149
A B C
X49 X48 62 59 87 69 46 63 31 14 43 60 61 16 48 15 79 72 73 78 42 17 74 90 X39
62
69
211
122
132
133
134
135
116
119
121
120
55
77
76
75
72
63
54
56
16
13
11
9
E12 E13
H
62
51
50
EP1
EP2
2 1
X37
131
132
133
134
135
211
118
119
120
121
122
56
50
55
54
16
13
11
58
10
10
17
12
9
X35 1 2 3 4 5 6 X36 1 2 3 4 5 6 X31 4 2 3 5 1 6 X32 6 5 3 1 2 4 X38 1
1 2
128
166
127
160
71
161
X28
16
X43 2 1 X27 1 2 1 2
X46
I 1 2
63
64
STOP STOP
H8 H9 H7 H11 H8 H9 H7 H10 H2 H1 H3 H4 H6 H3 H2 H5
0
1 7 2 8 10 M M M
1 2
12V
noir
E1 E2 E3 E4 B1
E7
noir
noir
S7 M9 M7 M8
S6 3 4 9
69
71
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D20 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
8 – LIGHTING AND SIGNALING / CAR RADIO OPTIONS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X 15 High/low cab interface D11 R3 Rear windscreen defrost I6
Cab 1 X 16 High/low cab interface C7 S38 Rear working light switch G8
Cab 2 X 26 M14 Side and roof windscreen washer pump D8 S39 Rear window defrost switch G6
Option X 34 E5/E6 Trailer light I11 S40 Roof windscreen wiper switch G4
Frame X 40 Trailer socket H11 S41 Side windscreen wiper switch G2
Cab 1 X 68 Roof switch supply D5 S42 Telescope working light switch E13
Cab 1 X 93 A7 Radio power supply A6
Cab 1 X 94 Loudspeakers A8
Cab 2 X101 E17 Rear right working light I9
Cab 2 X102 E16 Rear left working light I8
Option X103 E19 Working light on right-hand boom I10
Option X104 E18 Working light on left-hand boom I9
Frame X105 Boom working light (predisposition connector option) H10 Fuses and relays
Cab 2 X107 M5 Cab roof windscreen wiper motor I4
Item Current Designation Position on diagram
Cab 2 X108 M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface G9 F10 2A Car radio + APC B2
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply cab / engine interface D3 F11 10A Cigarette lighter B2
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G11 F16 15A max. S42 & S43 switch supply B3
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G12 F17 15A Rear working light B3
Cab 2 X204 B27 Right loudspeaker D6 F18 10A Rear windscreen defrost B3
Cab 2 X205 B28 Left loudspeaker D7 F19 7.5A Roof windscreen wiper and windscreen washer B3
F26 7.5A +V bat car radio D4
F27 10/15A Side + roof + rear windscreen wiper motor + Vbat D4
F32 7.5A + APC side windscreen wiper and windscreen washer D4
F45 40A BF3 Power supply (cab) (40A) D2
80
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G13 Splices
A7 Car radio A7
Item Position on diagram
B27 Right loudspeaker E7
B28 Left loudspeaker E7 EP9 D3
E5 Left trailer light J11 EP10 I2
E6 Right trailer light J13 EP11 E12
E16 Rear left working light J8 EP73 H10
E17 Rear right working light J8
E18 Working light on left-hand boom J9
E19 Working light on right-hand boom J10
M5 Roof windscreen wiper motor I4
M6 Side windscreen wiper motor I2
M14 Roof and side windscreen washer pump E8
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D21
DIAGRAM 8 - LIGHTING AND SIGNALING/CAR RADIO OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M s s e Ca
M as s
M
as C b
a e
s e ab M
APC 5 66
AP C 1 67
APC 1 69
C 70
68
Ch M 2
4
APC 54
5
5
as 1
AP at
A7
A
B
si
sM
V
X93 X94
3
A 5 6
B 5 6
1 2 3 4 7 8 1 2 3 4 7 8
151
15
40
74
75
76
77
67
69
66
68
70
B
F10
F11
F16
F17
F18
F19
BF3 / M1
28
31
15
30
29
74
75
76
77
81
X16 1 2 3 4 9 S43-9
Sch. 11
C
20
21
22
23
36
34 83
7
55 29
9
57 30
BF3 / M2
10
59 47
D
68 F32 47 11
BF1 / M1 61 31
X113
F26
158
X201 F45 12
81
21
20
40
22
C
23
5 10 71 73
1
EP 9 X204 1 2 X205 1 2 X26 1 2 X15
D X68
F27
34
72 41 1 46
28 2 47 M 1 0 1 7 2 8 9
48 50
S43-5
Sch. 11
49
E
48
EP11
47
42 60 38 39
A1 / MP 12
80
83
58 41 40
59
61
G X110 1
CN1-P1 / X148 CN2-P1 / X149
536
2 7 10 2 7 10 0 1 9 1 9
1 1 1 1 0
2 0 2 0 57 64 68 75 67 66 76 65
537
249
5 S414 9 5 S404 9 5 S39 10 5
S38 10
S41 S40 S39 S38
56
57
37
EP73
53
toit
lateral 55 54
36 37
H
538
256
245
243
247
244
249
250
248
246
X59-1 X105 1 2 X40 3 1 5 2 7 8 6 4
Sch. 7
43
EP 10 X34 3 1 5 2 7 6 4
44
45
41
52
53
42
X108 1 3 2 4 X107 1 3 2 4
X104 1 2
X103 1 2
I
40
39
X102 1 2 1 2
X101
1 2 1 2
38
M6 M5
+perm vit +perm vit
raz raz
R3
M M STOP STOP
3 3
E18 E19
4 4
E16 E17
E5 E6
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D22 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
9 – AIR CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
EP9 B4
80
EP112 B7
Components EP113 B7
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D23
DIAGRAM 9 – AIR-CONDITIONING + HEATING OPTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M sse
M
as C
a
C 4 66
69
s e ab
15
Ca M
APC 5
AP at
b 1
B
M
A
V
2
52
B2 X23
15
15
X30
X30A
849
BF3 / M2 EP112
B BF1 / M1
X113 V1
X201 F45 F29
10 71 73
C
5
850
EP 9
1 252
72
F30 253
EP113
X15
252
253
X30B 6
X97.1 1 2
33
68
69
C
68
X30C
C
SP76
BF3 / M1
66
F4 6 M10
69
A1 / MP 12
CN2-P1 / X149
45
E 64
126
79
80
52
X16 7 8 12 11
31
32
67
66
32
31
67
66
69
64
SP83
SP82
SP81
SP78
SP75
SP84
F
SP77
2
X110
102
X95 X290
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
C2 C1
80
SP2
152
102
126
SP1
80
79
X29
6
G 1 2 3 4 5 6
C3 10 7 9 5 6
C6
SIGNAL
GND
GND
(+)
(+)
SERIE
SP1 SP5
PCB RELAIS A25
FAN A (+)
FAN B (+)
PARLELLE
FAN A (-)
FAN B (-)
SP6
MP
H 8 1 2 4 3
C8
1 2 3 C3
SP2 3
1 2
C7 C1
C2 C5
510 Ohms
4 1 3 2 1 2 1 2
2 1 E F C4
R
A B 2 4 1 3
C5
1 3
C4 C6
1 3
2160C
MTS
A
I 0 1
M12 M13
2 ON MP
B 2 5 4
3
K14 OFF
A8 4
C
1.16 Ohm
0.57 Ohm
0.31 Ohm 2 5 4
10C 3.50C
14-17
S13 bars
M16 HP LP
R14 B52
D
22-28 2-2.1
B46 bars bars FAN B FAN A
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D24 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10 – CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Connectors Components
Wiring harness Component Position on Hydraulic Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Designation Position on diagram
type name diagram correspondence correspondence
Cab 1 X121 M15 Pneumatic seat pump H1 A2 Manimux Power MP2 A4
Frame X135 Boom suspension connector C3 B25 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 E4
Frame X150 A2 Power CN1 - P2 A3 B26 Telescope suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 E5
Frame X151 A2 Power CN2 - P2 A4 S44 Pneumatic seat switch I2
Mbf option X167 Y10 Boom suspension electrovalve 1 D3 M15 Pneumatic seat pump I2
Mbf option X168 Y11 Boom suspension electrovalve 2 D3 Y10 Telescope suspension electrovalve 1 E3
Mbf option X169 B25 Boom suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 1 D4 Y11 Telescope suspension electrovalve 2 E3
Mbf option X170 B26 Boom suspension cylinder valve pressure switch 2 D5
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D25
DIAGRAM 10 - CRC / BOOM HEAD EV / PNEUMATIC SEAT OPTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M sse
M
as C
a
se ab
C 66
69
Ch M
A P 54
15
as 2
C
si
AP
sM
A
3
A2 / MP 22
85 86 65 55 67 58
259
260
261
258
257
262
B
257
261
258
262
259
260
263
264
X135 1 8 2 7 3 4 5 6
X167 1 2
X168 1 2
X169 1 2
X170 1 2
P P
BF3 / M1
F
F8 13
80
G
162
13
H X121 5 4
S44
I C
M15
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D26 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
No.: 971081
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 B8
S5 Light commutator switch D2
S6 Window regulator switch D2
S17 Electric power socket switch on boom F9
S18 Hydraulic two way EV switch F10
S19 Override Switch F10
S43 Option switch I9
Y14 Rear two way hydraulic electrovalve E13
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS D27
DIAGRAM 11 – REAR HYDRAULIC TWO WAY EV / BOOM HEAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
M as s e
as s e Ca
M as
M
se C b
APC 5 a 65
APC 5 66
Ch ab M1
APC 1 67
APC 1 69
0
68
C 57
0
4
4
5
as M2
APC 5
AP at
si
A
B
sM
V
3
CLUSTER
A9 / MC2
66
69
X11-7 X25-4
67
68
70
X13 8 6 18 Sch. 7 Sch. 7
A B
136
137
F14
F15
87
F1
F2
F3
F5
F6
B
BF3/M1
21
1
CABINE
X110
248
X118-6
Sch. 1
129
133
176
177
94
174 175 93
248
27
179 178 94
141
X121 BF3
96
1
25
95
K1 2 5 4
K2 2 5 4
K3 2 5 4
K4 2 5 4
K5 2 5 4
K6 2 5
8
85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 85 87 87a 96
3
85
34
86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
86
siege
33
137
136
233
21
95
93
46
1
S5 S6
D 3 2 84
EP11 F31
15
251
252
Sch. 7 Sch. 1
X284-12 396
Sch. 1 1 2
20 X109
16
CABINE
X111
Y14
395
86
85
X284-11
87
167 168 169
Sch. 1
1 10 1 10 1 10
253
254
1 0 1 0 1 0
X106 1 2
80
G
84 X15
8
174
167
35
S42-9
68
Sch. 8
35
D
F37
1 0 1 9
BF3/M2
S43
20
5 10
I S43
51
EP11 49
Sch. 8
(06/11/2018) 80-02-M179EN
D28 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
80
80-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
pages
80
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
80
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A1
KEYS
–– CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
–– GROUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
–– DIODES AND SPLICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6
2D LOCATION
–– HARNESS ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8
–– CAB 1 AND 2 HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10
3D LOCATION
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11
–– CAB 1 HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12
–– CAB 2 HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A14
80
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
CONNECTORS
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A3
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
80
M26
Cab 1 X68 Roof switch supply I24 G12
Cab 2 X68A Roof switch supply A15 E12
Cab 1 X69 Cab/window control connection G23 G14
Cab 2 X69A Cab/window winder connection G23 G17
Frame X70 Assist brake circuit pressure switch M30 Q20
Frame X71 Output A on telescope and attachment K25 Q26/
O31
Frame X72 Output B on telescope and attachment K26 Q26/
M31
Cab 1 X73 Fuel gauge I30 I23
Frame X75 Movement safety electrovalve 1 K22 Q37/
O28
Frame X76 Safety valve/distributor pressure switch K24 S37/
M26
Frame X77 Boom lifting NC sensor K22 Q30/
O29
Frame X78 Boom lowering NC sensor K22 Q29/
M29
Frame X79 Tilting NO sensor K23 Q28/
O30
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
Cab 1/ Engine X113 Engine/fuse box power supply cab connection M24 O26 Q25
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A5
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
80
GROUND CONNECTIONS
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A7
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
X59 X6
X16A Cab Harness 2
Ep.1
X15A Engine Harness
Ep.9
C Connection between C
Ep.8 X33 harnesses
Ep.7
Ep.4 Splice
Ep.6 X33
Ep.5 Ep.11
X204
X95
X107
X101
E E
X108
S40 S43
S41 S42
S39 S38
X43
S6
G Ep.1 Ep.2 X69A G
X110 Ep.15 X25 X64 X27
X52 X45
X112 X15 X26
Ep.29 X69
X111
X149 / CN2-P1
X148 / CN1-P1
Ep.11 Ep.16 20
Ep.5
0
X10
10
0
1
X2
1/2
X21
R
S37
OK
D1
X
Ep.1 X13
X67
X75 X76
K K
Ep.73 X85 X86 X81 X82 X83 X84 X77 X78 X79 X80 X71 X72 X123 Masse Chassis M1
X124
80
X105 Masse Chassis
M3 X60 X57 X56
X91 X92
M M
X134 X66 X62 Ep.90
X65
X40
X260 X54
Masse Chassis
Ep.20 X53 M2 X113
X37
X100
X58 X257
Ep.91 X23
X38 X55
X116 Ep.9
X7
O O
X4
X258
Masse Moteur X5
X61
X20
Ep.1
Module Module Module
X30 M3 M2 M1
X32 B+ D+ W X18 X42 X200 X17 BF1 X36
Q Q
X87
X3 X8
X88
S S
Forward gear
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Ep 28 Key:
X148
X149
Opt. Manimux
Slotted ringed sheath
X134 X91 X105 X106 X124
X263 Ringed non slotted sheath
ARG
X31 Splice
C C
100
Ep.61
1200
X110 Cab harness
Masse Chassis M3
Ep.73
Opt.
X37 Ep.29
50
E X109 X112 Cab harness E
X21
X40
200
X260
100
70 Ep.5
G G
X100
Ep.20 Ep.91
X38
X96
X97
I I
X35
X65 AVG
X32 X39
ARD
X57
K X56 K
X60
X36
AVD
X62 n/mn
X54
23
X1 X87
80
X53 7 X88
X6
M 6 M
X7
X58 Masse Chassis M2
2
X55 Masse Chassis M1 X7
X8
0
X7 X 1
8 79
X8 X
4 77 X7
80 X8 X
2 83
X8 X
6 81
X8
5 5
250 X7
O O
X66
Ep.90 X92 Ep.25
X257 X116
X123
50 X72 X80 X78 X84 X82 X86
X70 X133
X79 X77 X83 X81 X85
X132 X75
Ep.26
Engine harness X71
Q Q
X67
S X76 S
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A9
CAB HARNESSES 1 AND 2
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Cab 2 Cab 1
Ep.1 Ep.3 Ep.2
Key:
X010
A X59 A
X204 X102 Opt.
Ep.9 Ep.10 Opt. ARG Top section slotted ringed sheath
+ AR S19 S35
X205
-
M
Continuous black adhesive
Ep.8 + Opt. ribbon
-
S18 S36
X50 Splice
Ep.7
Opt.
S17 S37
C Détail A C
X33 Opt. AVD X46
Ep.4 Opt. AVG K3/M3 -1 RBKILSONR2 04001.321.011
X6 04003.321.011
X47
K6/M3 -5
Ep.6
X011 M K12/M4 -2
X011A X23-B2
X43
+ D1
E X95
E
- Ep.5 X101
Opt. ARD X16A X68A X15A
S6 Pn Détail B
X121
Ep.11 Cab additional harness
Ep.1
FIL 132 FIL 239
Ep.2
80 WIRE 132 WIRE 239
X107 M X97.1 X16 X68 X15 X115 G&H
Toit Diagn
Ep.16 04001.321.011
G |--> N°971081 G
RAYCHEM RBK3
S43 Opt.
X140 Opt. Inching
D2
S42 -->| N°971080
Détail C
S38 Opt. ARD X69 X69A
Opt. ARG X73 X63
FIL 240 FIL 241
S39
AV X27 X64 WIRE 240 WIRE 241
X108 S41 Latéral Window winder additional harness
G&H G&H
I 04001.321.011 I
S40 Toit 04003.321.011
Latéral NF X45 Toit +
(Wake-up) Latéral
X26 RAYCHEM RBK3
M
D3
NO X52
Opt. Inching X29
AR X28
X22 X139
X25
Masse Cab M2 RAZ
AV/AR AV/AR
60 X12
K Frame harness X110 D3 AV
X114 X11
X93 ALIM AUTO K
Détail C Ep.1 M D2
Détail B
100
50
Ep.15
50 50 X138 |--> N°971081
50
Frame harness X111 X284
X94 HP AUTO
50
55
80
Ep.11 D1 X292 Masse Cab M1
.
Ep
Détail A
M
N°914015 50 50 M
Ep.56 Ep.57
30
Frame harness
20
X100
10
X112
0
1
1/2
X13
R
OK
15 A X
2A
5A Ep.5
X118
10 A
1 2 3
200 4 5 6
7 8 9
2A Ep.9 0
* #
117
15 A 20 A
O O
0
5A 10 A
3A 15 A X1 X2
MO
DU 10 A 3A 10 A 4 6
MO LE
1 X113
DU MODULE 4 MODULE 3 MODULE 2 MODULE 1
LE
MO 2 X119
DU BF3 X120
MO LE
3
DU
LE Engine harness Stress gage
Q 4 harnesses Q
X291 X23
+/-
X14
|--> N°971081
Rear axle
X13
S Engine harness S
Light commutator switch
0
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A10 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Key:
X8 Splice
C X17 C
X5
X3
E E
Opt. X258
150
min.
Ep.1
G X20
G
X7
X30
I X18 I
B+ W
D+
X42
BF1
KSB X200
X4
Frame harness X116
K K23 K26 K
3 4 F41 20A 6
3
K22 K25
3 F43 80A 4
25A
80
5
23 F60 24 5 F55 6
1 4 2
21 F59 22 7
30A
F54 8
F44 40A 3
F46 80A
15 F56 16 13 F51 14
1 4 2 1
O O
Q Q
X113 X23
S Cab harness S
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A11
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
Cab Ground
X67 X123
X78 X80
X82 X84
X86
Frame Ground
X76 M1 X31
X75
X79 X148
X72 X77
X71 X83
X92 X35
X81 X97
X85 X149
Frame Ground
X70 M3
X109
X132 X96
X133
X65
X97
X36 X96
X100
X39 X260
X32 X38
X87 X91
X106
X88 X105
X124
X87 X134
X40
X37
X110
X88
80
X21
X112
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A12 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
CAB HARNESSES 1
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
5
S3 36
S 37
S
7
S1 8
X4
6 S1 9
S1
7
X4
"A"
A 21
X1
15
X1
X110
Masse Cab M2
X112
X111
X69
X15
X68
X16
X45 NC
X52 NO
90°
X14
Stress gage harnesses X120
X1
3
3D frame harnesses
X119
X13
X1
Anti-theft shunt
X2
X118
X29
X11
Rear axle X12
X93 Masse
80
X94 Cab M1
"B" X1
39 X114
X22 X138
ss
rne
Ha ating
He
X64
X27 X28
X26
X23
X113
X25
B
X73
X63
Engine harness
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION A13
CAB HARNESS 2
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
X95 X101
"F"
X204
X107
X102
S38 à S43 X010 X59
X108
F
X205
X50
X33 X6
S6 1A
80
01
1-X
X43 X01
X15A
X68A
X16A
X69A
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
A14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 / MT-X 1440 / MT 1840 / MT-X 1840
Key:
X113
X19
X24 X23 5
4
1
X258
X7
X18
X200 X42
G
80
1 X20
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B1
KEYS
–– CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2
–– GROUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5
–– DIODES AND SPLICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6
2D LOCATION
–– HARNESSES ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B7
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B8
–– CAB HARNESSES 1 AND 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B9
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B10
3D LOCATION
–– FRAME HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B11
–– CAB HARNESSES 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B12
–– CAB HARNESS 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B13
–– ENGINE HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B14
–– ORH HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B15
80
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
CONNECTORS
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B3
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
80
Cab 1 X64 Master cylinder pressure switch G28 I25
Frame X65 Front wheel alignment sensor M32 K20
Frame X66 Rear wheel alignment sensor M12 O9
Frame X67 JSM plug K23 Q30
Cab 1 X68 Roof switch supply I24 G12
Cab 2 X68A Roof switch supply A15 E12
Cab 1 X69 Cab/window control connection G23 G14
Cab 2 X69A Cab/window winder connection G23 G17
Frame X70 Assist brake circuit pressure switch M30 Q20
Cab 1 X73 Fuel gauge I30 I23
Frame X87 Right stabiliser lower pressure switch Q38 O32
Frame X88 Right stabiliser upper pressure switch Q37 O32
Frame X91 Boom head electrovalve option M2 A5
Frame X92 Negative brake electrovalve M30 O21
Cab 1 X93 Radio power supply I32 K38
Cab 1 X94 Loudspeakers I32 M38
Cab 2 X95 Cab/air-conditioning condenser harness link E6 E2
Frame X96 Left stabiliser high level pressure switch I38 K32
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B5
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
80
Cab 1 X291 Battery +/- power supply Q27
Cab 1 X292 Engine immobiliser option M31
Frame X311 VS control pressure switch I37
GROUND CONNECTIONS
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B7
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Cab View 2
X50 Key:
X102 Ep.10
A X011A Frame Harness A
X010 Ep.2 X011
Cab Harness 1
X205 Ep.3 X68A
X16A
Cab Harness 2
X59 X6
Ep.1
X15A
Engine Harness
X95
X107
X101
E E
X108
S40 S43
S41 S42
S39 S38
X43
S6
X110 Ep.15
G Ep.1 Ep.2 X69A G
X112 X25 X64 X27
X149 / CN2-P1
X148 / CN1-P1
X158 X118
X1
Ep.11 X197 S19 30
Ep.16 Ep.5
20
Manimux
0
X10
10
0
1
Ep.10 X2
1/2
Power 2 Ep.4
R
X199
OK
X159 D1
X
X13
Ep.7
X190 X160
X138
X161
K K
X67
X152 X189
X194 X195 Ep.73 X21 Masse Chassis M1
X106
Ep.71
X188 X132 X162 X39
X105 Ep.61 Ep.5 X133
X70
X109
80
X91 Ep.6
Masse Chassis X163
M3 X60 X57 X56
X125 Ep.72 X92
M X164 M
X62 Ep.90
X124 X65
X40
X54
X135 X134 Masse Chassis
Ep.91 Ep.20 X53 M2 X113
X37 X66
X100
X58 X257
X23
X38 X55
X191 Ep.9
X116
X7
O O
X4
X258
Masse Moteur X5
X61
X20
Ep.1
Module Module Module
X30 M3 M2 M1
X32 B+ D+ W X18 X42 X200 X17 BF1 X36
Q Q
X87
X3 X8
X88
S S
Forward gear
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Ep. 28
Key:
X148
X149
Opt. ORH
A Opt.
Opt. EV Power 1 A
Opt.
Slotted ringed sheath
X150
X151
X31 Ep. 31
Power 2 Splice
X134
C C
100
200
Ep.61 850
Masse Chassis M3 X190
X188 50 450 X110 Cab harness
Ep.72 Ep.71 Ep.73
75 50 Ep.32 Ep.29
E Ep.32 Ep.29 X112 Cab harness E
X21
X109 |--> N°971081
200
300
X111 Cab harness
Opt. X37
Ep.5
G 100 G
X40
Ep.6
70
EV Right X156
X38
I X311 |--> N°971081 I
X162
X161
X160
EV Left X163
X96
X97
X32 X56 EV X164
X60
K X1 K
ARD X57 59
X35
X65 AVG X1
X39 58
X62 n/mn X1
57
X1
X54 56
80
X53 X112 X1
61 X1
-1 60
M X36
X16
0 -2 M
X58 AVD
X55 Masse Chassis M2 Masse Chassis M1 X1
X110 60
X111
X87
X88
250
O O
Ep.90 X92
X257 X116
X66 X191
X70 X133
X132 X152
Engine harness
Q Q
X67
S X189 S
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B9
CAB HARNESSES 1 AND 2
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Cab 2 Cab 1
Ep.1 Ep.3 Ep.2
Key:
X010
A X59 A
X204 X102
Ep.9 Ep.10 Opt. ARG Top section slotted ringed sheath
+ AR S19 X199
X205
-
M Continuous black adhesive
Ep.8 + ribbon
-
S18
X50 Splice
Ep.7 X198
S17
C Détail A C
X33 Opt. AVD X46
Ep.4 Opt. AVG K3/M3 -1 RBKILSONR2 04001.321.011
X6 04003.321.011
X47
K6/M3 -5
Ep.6
X196
X011 M K12/M4 -2
X011A X23-B2
X43 X197
+ D1
E X95
E
- Ep.5 X101
Opt. ARD X16A X68A X15A
S6
Pn Détail B
Ep.11 Cab additional harness X121
Ep.1
FIL 132 FIL 239
Ep.2 80 WIRE 132 WIRE 239
X107 M X97.1 X16 X68 X15 G&H
X115
Toit Diagn 04001.321.011
G |--> N°971081 Ep.16 G
RAYCHEM RBK3
S43 Opt. D2
X140 Opt. Inching
S42 -->| N°971080
Détail C
S38 Opt. ARD X69 X69A
Opt. ARG X73 X63
FIL 240 FIL 241
S39
Window winder additional harness AV X27 X64 WIRE 240 WIRE 241
X108 S41 Latéral
G&H G&H
I 04001.321.011 I
S40 Toit 04003.321.011
Latéral NF X45 Toit +
(Wake-up) Latéral
X26 RAYCHEM RBK3
M
D3
NO X52
X28 Opt. Inching X29
AR
X139
X22 X25
Masse Cab M2 RAZ
AV/AR AV/AR
K
Frame harness 60
X114 X11 X12
K
X110 D3 AV X93 ALIM AUTO
Détail C M D2
Détail B
100
Ep.15
50 50 20 |--> N°971081
0 50
Frame harness 20 X284
X111 0 X94 HP AUTO
50
Ep
80
.4 20
Ep.11
5
0 X292 Masse Cab M1
.5
D1
Ep
Ep
Détail A .7
M Ep
50 50 M
N°914015 .10
Frame harness Ep.56 Ep.57 20
30
10
X100
X112
1
0
1/2
X13
R
OK
15 A X
2A
5A Ep.5
X118
10 A X138
1 2 3
200 4 5 6
7 8 9
2A 2A Ep.9 0 #
*
117
2A 15 A 20 A
O O
0
5A 10 A
3A 15 A X1 X2
MO
DU 10 A 3A 10 A 4 6
LE
MO 1 X113
DU MODULE 4 MODULE 3 MODULE 2 MODULE 1
LE
MO 2 X119
DU BF3 X120
LE
MO 3
DU Engine harness Stress gage
LE harnesses
Q 4 Q
X291 X23
+/-
X14
0
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B10 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Key:
X8
Splice
C X17 C
X5
X3
E E
Opt. X258
150
min.
Ep.1
G X20
G
X7
X30
I X18 I
B+ W
D+
X42
BF1
KSB X200
X4
Frame harness X116
K K23 K26 K
3 4 F41 20A 6
3
K22 K25
3 F43 80A 4
25A
80
5
23 F60 24 5 F55 6
1 4 2
21 F59 22 7
30A
F54 8
F44 40A 3
F46 80A
15 F56 16 13 F51 14
1 4 2 1
O O
Q Q
X113 X23
Cab harness
S S
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B11
FRAME HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
Cab Ground
X67
X189
X152 Frame Ground
M1 X31
X148
X150
X92 X35
X97
X149
X162 Frame Ground X190
X70 M3 X109 X151
X163
X132 X96
X164
X133
X135 X125
X91
X65 X106
X105
X124
X97 X194
X36 X96
X100 X195
X39 X38 X134 X188
X87 X32
X66
X191
X88
X159
X87 X40 X158
X37 X157
X156
80
X21
X88
X110
X190
X161
X160
X66 X62
Frame Ground X112
M2
X53
X56 X111
X55
X54
X57
X60
X58
X116
X257
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B12 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
CAB HARNESSES 1
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
7
X4 6
X4
S1
7
"A" X197
X198 S1
8
S1
9
X196 X1
99
A
X1
15
21
X1
X110
Masse Cab M2
X112
X111
X51
X69
X15
X68
X16
X45 NC
X52 NO
180°
90° ORH
X14
X120
Stress gage harnesses
X1
3
3D frame harnesses X119
X13
X138
X1
Anti-theft shunt
X2
X118
X29
X11
Rear axle X12
X93 Masse
X94 Cab M1
80
"B" X1
39 X114
X22 X138
ss
rne
Ha ating
H e
X64
X27 X28
X26 ORH
X23 X198
X113
X25
B
X73
X63
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B13
CAB HARNESS 2
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
X95 X101
"F"
X204
X107
X102
S38 à S43 X010 X59
X108
F
X205
X50
X33 X6
S6 1A
80
01
1-X
X43 X01
X15A
X68A
X16A
X69A
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B14 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
ENGINE HARNESS
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
Key:
X113
X19
X24 X23 5
4
1
X258
X7
X18
X200 X42
G
80
1 X20
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION B15
ORH HARNESSES
MT 1440 A / MT-X 1440 A / MT 1840 A / MT-X 1840 A
View A
X234
X232
X233 S59
S56
S58
Tightening torque
= 30 N.m max.
S57
X202
X203
A
X131 X141
X130 3 +10
X231
X230
A
S48
X202
X203
1
1
S47
S49
X148
X125 X124 X194
X150
S47
X149
X151
80
X116
X112
X199
X111
X200 X189
X138
X198
Black lead (-)
X110
White lead (+)
(06/11/2018) 80-03-M179EN
B16 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION
80
80-03-M179EN (06/11/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
pages
80
(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
80
80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 3
CLUSTER MENU ARCHITECTURE
Key:
RST H: Partial hour meter reset PARK: Parking brake configuration CFLOW: Forced motion configuration LLMC: Movement shut-down inhibition authorization
PASS: Degraded mode UNIT: Machine speed unit DIGI1: Anti-theft type configuration DIGI2: Manitou anti-theft code
CUST: Customer code DTC: Error code (Data Trouble Code) IDENT: Identification OUTOR: Digital output
INTOR: Digital input OUTANA: Analogue output INANA: Analogue input
Info
Accessible only when engine is stopped
Press OK to Press OK to
Enter Customer Code Enter Diag Mode
If DTC
If maintenance ENTERING
is needed CUSTOMER < IDENT OUTOR INTOR OUTANA INANA FAIL >
/ ADMIN CODE
Check + correct code
Maintenance
HOUR BACKL RST H MC MC MC MC MC MC DISPLAY
No DTC NEXT
RST H DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY CONTEXT
OPTION
Display ENTERING BACK LIGHT - Software N° Input/output Input/output Input/output Input/output - DTC N°
HOUR CONTROL - Activate / Deactivate state table state table state table state table
- DTC State
- DTC Date
- Hour PARK MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 MP1 - DTC Hour
- Date - DTC Name
80
BY-PASS
MP1
MODE OPTION Press OK to
- Activate / Deactivate Enter Xpert Mode
(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
CALIB
This operation can be easily performed by means of the following procedure. Fully extend the stabilizers
then press
–– Provide a fork carrier or a bucket and a load corresponding to at least half the lift truck's rated capacity. 1/7 Fully set down the stabilizers and confirm .
–– Carry out calibration preferably with fork lift truck cold (before use), or ensure that rear axle temperature CALIB
–– Place the lift truck on flat, level ground with the wheels straight. 2/7
bb
CALIB
CALIB
Lift the boom to max position,
fully retract the boom
Raise the boom fully with telescopes fully retracted and confirm .
Calibration incomplete or failed then press
Carefully follow the boom positioning instructions. If the screen is displayed, 3/7
STEP 3
STEP 1 CALIB
Wait…
Calibration in progress
Calibration in progress...
Press button to display the menu screen with the time and date. Scroll horizontally using the
buttons to bring up the XPRT menu on the screen and vertically using the buttons
to reach the SECU "boom angle and strain gage calibration" sub-menu. STEP 4
Confirm with . ADMIN
CALIB
4/7 Lower the boom with the engine running at full revs and the hydraulic control
CALIB
Rise stabilizers,
then press
Press OK to
Enter Xpert Mode
OK
SECU
Press OK to Enter
Security
Calibration Mode
OK
ENTER CODE
ADMIN OK + right code
GAUGE
STEP 2
80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 5
STEP 5
bb Always keep the load as close to the ground as possible during this operation.
/
With the fork carriage or the bucket and a load. Boom fully retracted and lowered to approximately
20 centimetres from the ground.
CALIB
Use override switch to
extend the boom until rear
axle is lifted then wait 5s
and press
6/7
/
old down the disable the "aggravating" hydraulic movement cut-off button
H (indicator lamp lit),
and telescope the boom until the rear wheels leave the ground.
STEP 6
CALIB
Retract the telescopes to restore the situation, then press the button to record the new parameters.
80
CHANGING THE MACHINE (MANIMUX POWER) ECU
The machine (MANIMUX POWER) ECU replacement procedure can be found in the PAD Diagnostic
menu e "ECU replacement"
(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
OPERATION
The «boom angle» sensor transmits information to the computer about the actual position of the boom
in relation to the frame . The potentiometer and all the links fitted between the boom and the frame have
the same operating angle as the boom in relation to the frame actually in operation . The boom angle
potentiometer is fitted with two tracks (two sensors whose range of adjustment is between 0,5 volts
and 4,5 volts reversed one in relation to the other) . If the potentiometer is faulty, incorrectly connected
or badly adjusted, this leads to a fault on the overload indicator and hydraulic movement malfunction .
If there is a fault on the potentiometer, calibration is not possible .
The operating range must be centred in the acceptance range of the potentiometer (0,5 volts to 4,5 volts) .
e Group 80 - Electrical characteristics and specifications – data sheets for electrical components.
Key:
A
A - Brake nut and bolt
B B - Potentiometer pin
C - Link
80
b
C
1 - Start machine .
Maxi
2 - If the truck is fitted with stabilisers, they must be placed on
the ground in order to increase the lifting angle .
80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT 7
The voltages of each boom angle potentiometer sensor can be viewed on the Cluster screen .
To ascertain the method of displaying these values, please refer to the following chapter:
5 - Using a screwdriver, turn the potentiometer pin (Item B) to obtain the adjustment values defined
below .
Note: The adjustment is done by slightly turning the pin in the lever housing .
Mini Maxi
Voltage 0 .7 V 4 .3 V
80
7 - Place the boom in the down position (stabilizers retracted) .
Mini
8 - Check that the values are similar to those found in the top boom position and are within the
recommended adjustment range .
e Group 80 - Electrical control and adjustment - Boom angle and strain gauge calibration
(23/04/2018) 80-04-M179EN
8 ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
80
80-04-M179EN (23/04/2018)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT
pages
STRAIN GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
80
(12/01/2011) 80-07-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT
STRAIN GAUGE
LOCATION:
180°
C
X120
X119
A
80
KEY:
⇒⇒ The wheels must be aligned and the rear axle free from any load (tipped truck).
⇒⇒ The contact surface must be perfectly clean.
⇒⇒ Do not apply any Loctite to the screws.
⇒⇒ Replace the gage if it is defective.
⇒⇒ Store the gauge and axle at the same temperature.
⇒⇒ Wear a mask and gloves when applying adhesive.
80-07-M179EN (12/01/2011)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT 3
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SURFACE OF THE AXLE IN CONTACT WITH THE STRAIN GAUGE
The area in contact with the strain gage should be clean and
free of grease. Use a sander to remove any particles of glue.
Handling time before start of polymerization and hardening phase = approx. 30 minutes.
bb If product has remained in the mixer for more than 30 minutes, change it.
80
The screws used are:
(12/01/2011) 80-07-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT
The two parts (strain gage and axle) should be stored at the same temperature before the fitting operation.
Storage time will depend on the thermal inertia of each part (strain gage: 1 hour for ∆T=20°C).
The strain gage should be fitted on an axle that is free from any stress. For this:
1 - Lift the rear axle off the ground with a hydraulic jack (Item 1) (Manitou Part no. 505507).
2 - Make machine secure by positioning two jack stands (2) (Manitou P/N 554772) on either side
of the frame.
3 - Remove the hydraulic jack (Item 1) to fully unload the rear axle.
1 2 3
2
1
2
2
1 2
STEP 1:
Using a gun, apply the two-part mixture to the axle, applying eight knobs of glue as indicated below.
bb
80
80-07-M179EN (12/01/2011)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT 5
STEP 2:
Place two washers and two M10x50 screws on the strain gage then place the assembly on the axle. Take
care, however, not to put glue on the centre part of the gage.
STEP 3:
Tightening of the two M10 screws should be done progressively and in the following way:
Honing of threads
80
2
bb
2
1
2
(12/01/2011) 80-07-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS REFIT
80
80-07-M179EN (12/01/2011)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
pages
INPUT/OUTPUT STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
– CODE READING PRINCIPLE (EXAMPLE FOR OUTOR AND INTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
– CODE READING PRINCIPLE (EXAMPLE FOR OUTANA AND INANA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
– “OUTOR” CODE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
– “INTOR” CODES DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
– “OUTANA” CODES DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
– “INANA” CODES DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ERROR CODES (DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
80
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
INPUT/OUTPUT STATES
Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode
OK
0000 0001
MP1 0101 1010
1001 1111
1101 0100 1/2
MP2
Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
0 Door open
Door NO contact 4 3 X148/06 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Door closed
Conclusion:
The MP1 computer unit detects in X148/06 that the door is open.
80
ANA01 = 2,52 A
MP1
ANA02 = 2,53 A
ANA03 = 1,02 A
ANA04 = 2,52 A
1/8
MP2
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 3
Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode
OK
MC Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
MP2
80
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
MC
MP1 Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
/ 1 1 1.01 1/1
0
MP2 CAN gage power supply 1 2 1.31 1/1 ON/OFF
1
/ 1 3 1.35 1/1
/ 1 4 1.65 1/1
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 5
MC
MP1
MP2 Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
/ 1 1 1.01 1/1
80
BMEP XL power supply voltage 2 4 1.03/ 1/1 ON/OFF
1.32 1 Not powered
2.01/
/ 2 5 1/1
2.02
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
6 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode
OK
MC Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
0 OK filter
Engine air filter clogged 1 1 4.34 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Clogged filter
MP1
0 OK level
Low brake fluid level 1 2 4.35 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Low level
0 Not OK
Engine oil pressure switch 1 3 4.36 1/1 ON/OFF
MP2 1 OK
0 OK
Engine water thermoswitch 1 4 4.40 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Not OK
0 Brake not pressed
Master cylinder pressure switch 1 5 4.31 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Brake pressed
0 Door closed
Door open contact 1 6 4.39 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Door open
0
External immobilizer 1 7 4.29 1/1 ON/OFF
1
0
Ignition key in position 3 (start) 1 8 4.30 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Key in position
0
Sidelight stalk switch 2 1 3.02 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Lighting request
0
Horn commutator switch 2 2 3.05 1/1 ON/OFF
80
1 Lighting request
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 7
MC
MP1 Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
80
Chain boom voltage sensor 2 4 2.22 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Chain OK
0 Boom extended
NO boom retraction sensor 2 5 1.83 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Boom retracted
0 Boom retracted
NC retract boom sensor 2 6 1.84 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Boom extended
0
Joystick R1 + direction 2 7 1.85 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick R1 - direction 2 8 1.86 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick R2 + direction 3 1 1.87 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick R2 - direction 3 2 1.88 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick BP2 3 3 1.89 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick Bp+ 3 4 1.58 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
8 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
(Continued)
Type of
Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
0 Forced to neutral
HD_IHM_BP Declutch ON/OFF Gear engaged (PB
1
released)
0 No request
HD_IHM_JoystickBp- 3 5 1.29 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0 No request
Joystick Forward 3 6 1.59 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0
Joystick Reverse 3 7 1.30 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Request
0 OK filter
Hydraulic clogging filter contact 3 8 1.60 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Clogged filter
/ 4 1 1.04 1/2
0 Released
Accelerator NC contact 4 2 1.05 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Pressed
0 Door open
Door NO contact 4 3 1.06 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Door closed
0 Movement request
L+ Lifting contact B 4 4 1.07 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 Movement request
L- Lowering contact A 4 5 1.09 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 Movement request
L- Tilting contact B 4 6 1.10 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 No movement
L+ Tilting contact A 4 7 2.88 1/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 Movement request
D- Leveling contact B 4 8 2.03 1/2 ON/OFF
1 No movement
0 No movement
D+ Leveling contact A 1 1 2.33 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 No movement
Left- Stabilizer lifting contact B 1 3 2.34 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 No movement
Right- stabilizer lifting contact B 1 4 2.64 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 No movement
Left+ Stabilizer lowering contact A 1 5 2.05 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Movement request
0 Pressure OK
Gearbox oil pressure switch 1 6 2.27 2/2 ON/OFF
1 Pressure not OK
0
Cooling liquid level 1 7 2.57 2/2 ON/OFF
1
Pressure (movement
0
under way)
Walvoil safety valve pressure switch 1 8 2.28 2/2 ON/OFF
No pressure (no
1
movement)
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 9
MC
MP1
Type of
MP2 Component description Line No. Column No. PIN Page Status Consequence
input
/ 1 1 1.23 1/1
/ 1 2 1.53 1/1
/ 1 3 1.24 1/1
/ 1 4 1.54 1/1
80
Boom 2 suspension pressure
2 6 1.86 1/1 ON/OFF
switch 1 Boom supported
/ 2 7 1.87 1/1
/ 2 8 1.88 1/1
/ 3 1 1.89 1/1
/ 3 2 1.58 1/1
0 Gear not engaged
HDRO engaged gear sensor 3 3 1.29 1/1 ON/OFF
1 Gear engaged
/ 3 4 1.59 1/1
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
10 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode
OK
MP1
MP2
80
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 11
MC
80
Right headlight current 4 1 2.61 6/8
Rotating beacon light current 1 1 2.62 7/8
Left dipped beam current 2 1 2.63 7/8
Walvoil EVRD current 3 1 1.66/1.36 7/8
Walvoil direction A auxiliary current 4 1 1.67/1.37 7/8
Walvoil direction B auxiliary current 1 1 1.68/1.38 8/8
Walvoil telescoping output current 2 1 1.69/1.39 8/8
Walvoil telescoping retract current 3 1 1.70/1.40 8/8
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
12 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
MC
MP1
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 13
Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode
OK
MP1
MP2
MC
80
Joystick R2 2 1 1.49 1/5
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
14 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
MC
MP1
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 15
Press OK to
Enter Diag Mode
OK
MC AFFICHAGE
SUIVANT
CONTEXTE
- N° DTC
- État DTC
- Date DTC
- Heure DTC
- Nombre DTC
MP1 AFFICHAGE
SUIVANT
CONTEXTE
- N° DTC
- État DTC
- Date DTC
- Heure DTC
- Nombre DTC
MP2 AFFICHAGE
SUIVANT
CONTEXTE
- N° DTC
- État DTC
- Date DTC
- Heure DTC
- Nombre DTC
80
Error Code FMI Error Code P1 Error Code
020010 2 Danfoss lifting electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
020012 2 Danfoss tilting electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
020014 2 Danfoss telescope electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
020017 2 Danfoss auxiliary electrovalve servo control error S (system output)
030001 3 reversing buzzer battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030002 3 horn battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03000A 3 forward electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03000B 3 reverse electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03000C 3 Walvoil lowering control PWM electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03001B 3 slope deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03001D 3 right stab deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03001F 3 left stab deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030022 3 VAP1 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030023 3 VAP2 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030024 3 VAP3 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030025 3 VAP12 deflector battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030026 3 PWM Auxiliary 1 electrovalve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
16 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
030082 3 right trailer turn signal battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
030083 3 discharge valve battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
03008F 3 SAHR 2 battery voltage short circuit S (system output)
040001 4 reversing buzzer ground short circuit S (system output)
040002 4 horn ground short circuit S (system output)
04000A 4 forward electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04000B 4 reverse electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
04000C 4 Walvoil lowering control PWM electrovalve ground short circuit S (system output)
040011 4 lifting electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040013 4 tilting electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040016 4 Danfoss Telescope electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040019 4 Danfoss auxiliary electrovalve power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
04001A 4 Danfoss auxiliary deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
04001B 4 slope deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
04001D 4 rear stab ground short circuit S (system output)
04001F 4 left stab deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040022 4 VAP1 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040023 4 VAP2 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
040024 4 VAP3 deflector ground short circuit S (system output)
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 17
80
04007E 4 trailer rear fog light ground short circuit S (system output)
04007F 4 right dipped beam ground short circuit S (system output)
040080 4 right headlight ground short circuit S (system output)
040081 4 left trailer turn signal ground short circuit S (system output)
040082 4 right trailer turn signal ground short circuit S (system output)
040083 4 discharge valve ground short circuit S (system output)
04008C 4 engine speed relay ground short circuit S (system output)
04008D 4 engine start relay ground short circuit S (system output)
04008E 4 SAHR1 ground short circuit S (system output)
04008F 4 SAHR 2 ground short circuit S (system output)
0400CA 4 fuel electrovalve output short circuit S (system output)
0400CD 4 windshield wiper output ground short circuit S (system output)
04014C 4 CAN gage power supply ground short circuit S (system output)
040157 4 DPF regeneration switch lighting output ground short circuit S (system output)
050001 5 reversing buzzer open circuit S (system output)
050002 5 horn open circuit S (system output)
05000A 5 forward electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05000B 5 reverse electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
05000C 5 Walvoil lowering control PWM electrovalve open circuit S (system output)
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
18 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 19
80
440001 4 wheel alignment sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440008 4 telescope sequence sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440010 4 analog stabilizer sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440011 4 gearbox temperature probe power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440012 4 boom interm sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
440014 4 SAHR pressure switch sensor power supply ground short circuit A (system power supply)
450001 5 wheel alignment sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit A (system power supply)
450008 5 telescope sequence sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit A (system power supply)
gearbox temperature sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short
450011 5 A (system power supply)
circuit
450012 5 boom interm sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short circuit A (system power supply)
SAHR pressure switch sensor power supply battery voltage open circuit or short
450014 5 A (system power supply)
circuit
730000 19 Manimux CAN dialog error (Cluster) C (communication)
7303E8 19 Manimux Power 1 CAN dialog error C (communication)
7303E9 19 CAN J1939 transmission dialog error C (communication)
7307D0 19 Manimux Power2 CAN dialog error C (communication)
7307D1 19 RC Open CAN dialog error C (communication)
7307D2 19 ORH Open CAN dialog error C (communication)
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
20 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 21
80
(1/25/2021) 80-08-M179EN
22 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
80
80-08-M179EN (1/25/2021)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING
pages
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
BREAKOUT BOXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ELECTROVALVE ADAPTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
80
(17/10/2016) 80-09-M179EN
2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
80
Consisting of:
1 - Tablet (with accessories and cables). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895845 / 947351 (Russia specific)
2 - Styli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947208
3 - Stylus strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947355
4 - VCI (Vehicle Communication Interface / PAD) (with USB cable and OBD) . . . . . 895986
5 - OBD Diag. cable Manitou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947201
6 - USB cable/Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947202
7 - Battery (6 cells: 8h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947206
8 - Mains power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947353
9 - Transport case (not shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947345
Sold separately:
10 - Docking station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947354
11 - Legacy Diag. cable Manitou. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947204
12 - Battery (9 cells: 17h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947207
80-09-M179EN (17/10/2016)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING 3
CASE 1
PAD
VCI
Note: Cable P/N 947201 enables diagnostics to be carried out on the entire machine.
PAD
EDL
USB
Note: Case P/N 894942 can be used to diagnose the engine, e ENGINE ADAPTATION BOX.
80
2
1
3
Consisting of:
1 - EDL communication box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894937
2 - OBD electrical cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894940
3 - USB electrical cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894938
(17/10/2016) 80-09-M179EN
4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC TOOLING
BREAKOUT BOXES
Consisting of:
ELECTROVALVE ADAPTER
80
80-09-M179EN (17/10/2016)
DRIVER'S CAB
85
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT
pages
CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– LOCATION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
–– MOUNTING THE CAB ON SILENT BLOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
–– ELECTRICAL CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
–– HYDRAULIC CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
85
(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
2 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT
CAB
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
B
E
C
B
Key:
A - Cab
B - Front silent blocks
C - Rear silent blocks
D - Steering selector
85
E - Steering pump
F - Master cylinder
Specific tooling:
85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT 3
Watch out for the gear lever hole (Item 2) when installing the cab.
2
85
Fit and centre the front silent blocks " B ".
(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
4 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT
Fit and centre the rear silent blocks "C" on the frame (Item 3).
C
C
Tighten the silent blocks screws ("B" & "C") according to the
85
specified torque.
Tightening torque:
85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT 5
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
Ground point between the cab and the frame (Item 1).
4 3
4
85
(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
6 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT
HYDRAULIC CONNECTION
D
T
"T" : Towards the front axle assembly, right side
B A "A": Towards the rear axle assembly, left side
P "B": Towards the rear axle assembly, right side
"P": Towards the steering pump "E" (Via ‘R’)
85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
DRIVER'S CAB REFIT 7
85
(11/01/2011) 85-07-M179EN
8 DRIVER'S CAB REFIT
85
85-07-M179EN (11/01/2011)
OPTIONS - ATTACHMENTS
A - INCHING OPTION:
- SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
- COMPONENTS LOCATION
- COMPONENTS LOCATION
- COMPONENTS LOCATION
110
INCHING OPTION
pages
110
(06/11/2018) 110-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
A2 SPECIFICATIONS INCHING OPTION
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
Item Diagram Item Diagram Item Diagram
2 2 1
X54 1
6
X71 1
5 2 4
X31 2
4 3
1
2
3
X55
B
A
C
X72 1
6 2 4
3
5
X32
4 X56
1
B
2 A
3 C
X75 1
2
X57 2
6 1
5
X35 X76
4 1
2
1
2
1
2 X58
3 1
2
X77
A
X60 1 B
6
5 2
X36
4 X78
1
2 A
3 X62 1
B
X79
A
X37 2
B
X65 3
1
2
1
X80
A
X38 1 B
2
X66 3
2 X81
X39 1 A
B
1 12 X82
4 2 11
3 3 10
A
B
X40 2 4 9
110
1 5 8
5 X67 6 7
6
7 X83
8 A
B
110-01-M179EN (06/11/2018)
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
SPECIFICATIONS INCHING OPTION A3
X84
1
A
3
B
X110 4 2 X135 2
6 1 3
5 7
X85 8 4 8
12
11 9 7
A
B
10 6
18 17 16 15 14 13 5
X86
A
B X148
3
X111 4 2
6 1
X87 3 5 7
2
1 12 8
11 9
10
18 17 16 15 14 13 X149
X88 3
2
1
3
X112 4 2
6 1
5 7
X150
X91 1 12
11
8
9
10
2 18 17 16 15 14 13
X116
X92 1 2
1
X151
2
X123 1
2
X96 3
2
1
4 1
X124 3
2
1 X152
2 3
4 8
X97 3 7
2
1 6
5
X125 2
6
5 X156 4
X132 3
X100 2
4 2
1 1 1
2
3
X133 2
1
X105 1 X157 4
3
2
2 1
X134 1
2 4
X106 1 3
110
2
X158 4
3
2
X109 1 1
(06/11/2018) 110-01-M179EN
HYDRAULIC CHARACTERISTICS AND
A4 SPECIFICATIONS INCHING OPTION
X191 1
X159 4 2
3
2
1
X194 1
2 4
1 3
X160
2
X161 1 12
2
1
2 11
3 10
4 9
5 8
X195 6 7
X162 1
2
X163 1
2
1
X257 2
X164 1 4
3
X260 1
X182 1 2
2
4
3
5
2
X184 1 1
2 X263
X185 3
2
1
X186 60
30
31
1
X188 1
2
X189 2
1
110
X190 1
2
110-01-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A5
110
(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING
B+ √
D+ √
W √
X0 √
X1 √
X2 √
X3 √
X4 √
X5 √
X6 √
X7 √
X8 √
X11 √ √
X12 √
X13 √ √ √ √ √
X14 √
X15 √ √ √ √
X16 √ √ √ √
X17 √
X18 √
X20 √
X21 √
X22 √
X23 √ √ √ √
X25 √ √
X26 √
X27 √
X28 √
X29 √ √ √ √
X30 √
X31 √ √
X32 √
X33 √
X34 √
X35 √
X36 √
X37 √
X38 √
X39 √
X40 √
X42 √ √
X43 √
X45 √
110
X46 √
X47 √
X48 √
X49 √
X50 √
110-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A7
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING
Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10 Connectors Diag. 1 Diag. 2 Diag. 3 Diag. 4 Diag. 5 Diag. 6 Diag. 7 Diag. 8 Diag. 9 Diag. 10
X52 √ X105 √
X53 √ X106 √
X54 √ X107 √
X55 √ √ X108 √
X56 √ √ X109 √
X57 √ √ X110 √ √ √ √ √ √
X58 √ √ X111 √
X59 √ X112 √ √ √ √
X60 √ X113 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X61 √ X114 √ √
X62 √ √ X115 √
X63 √ X116 √ √
X64 √ X118 √ √ √
X65 √ X119 √
X66 √ X120 √
X67 √ √ X121 √
X68 √ √ √ X123 √
X69 √ X124 √
X70 √ X130 √
X71 √ X131 √
X72 √ X132 √
X73 √ X133 √
X75 √ X134 √
X76 √ X138 √ √
X77 √ X139 √
X78 √ X140 √
X79 √ X148 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X80 √ X149 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
X81 √ X153 √
X82 √ X154 √
X83 √ X155 √ √ √
X84 √ X166 √
X85 √ X180 √
X86 √ X181 √
X87 √ X182 √
X88 √ X184 √
X91 √ X185 √
X92 √ X186 √
X93 √ X200 √
X94 √ X201 √ √ √ √
X95 √ √ √ X204 √
X96 √ X205 √
X97 √
X257 √
110
X100 √
X258 √
X101 √
X102 √ X260 √
X103 √ X263 √
X104 √
(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A8 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS BY FUNCTION
110-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A9
DIAGRAM 1 - STARTER / CUSTOMER DIGICODE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
V Bat
M a C M
as s ab 1
M
M se
se se M
M
as
as C
se ab
C Mo 2
ha te
ss ur
is
A A
M
4
S2 PO S50
G1 SIT
BF1 / M1
PIN
IO
N O P
F45 5 10
50a / 7 x
F42 2
OP 19 / 8 x x CLUSTER
X118 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
X138 1 2 3 4
F46 6 4 A9 / MC2
19 / 9
184
x x
134
30 30 17 17 50a 19 19 54 15 58
119
242
120
148
125
141
123
124
119
39
65
11
12
43
X201 F43 X1 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 5 6 10 X2
3
54 / 5 x x x
3
C C
64
64
65
245
66
67
69
70
51
15 / 6 x x x X13 5 6 21 30 37 17 29 25 26
125
49
50
137
134
122
245
58 / 10 x 124
x PIN = 12 V 123
APC 50a 65
APC 54 66
120 122
APC 54 67 EP 5
E APC 15 69 121
E
APC 15 70
BF3 / M1
10
X113 1
68
F12
71
G G
11
F7 12
28
EP 8
X5 R5
D5
11
56
44
34
33
BF1/M2
4
EP 7
41
1 3 12 21
8 6
33
45
44
27
34
86 30 1 3 1 3 1 3
I I
F52
F54
F55
K21 K22 K23
71
86 30 86 30 86 30
2 4 11 7 5
85 87 85 87 85 87
177
141
12
43
31
32
5
2 5 2 5 2 5
35
2 5 4 2 2 2
72
73
37 36 K5 K2 K6 K3
D3
240
85 87
240
87a
68
35
29
18
86 30
241
BF3 / M2
1 3
K K
F31
F25
46
137
46
39
EP 14
M M
X23
243
C3
14
49
29
30
A4 1 2 X200
50 13
A3
51 11
CN2-P1 / X149 A1 / MP 12
A5
244 19
57
B8 284
243 24
CN1-P1 / X148
A6
121 21
25
O 60 A1
8 O
24
285
C1
62 9
EP 1
A8
61 8-1
1 51
C8
63 9-1
285
284
X257
5
X3 1 2 3 4
M1
46
47
28
27
23
X42
1
19
2
X7 1 2
M
EP 3
Q M t° S3 Q
M2
X4 X0 58
18
59
B+
46
50
51
47
52
3
G
1 2 X8 X61 1 2 3 X258 1 2
3~ 14
45 D4
M
D+
58
U 13 Y2 Y1
N
EP 4
S1 R1 G2 W
110
B34 B74
22
X0
S S
(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A10 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
2 – CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING
Connectors Splices
Wiring Component Position Hydraulic
Item Designation Item Position on diagram
harness type name on diagram correspondence
Cab 1 X 13 A9 Cluster G7/I4 Ep.5 E16
Frame/Cab 1 X110 Frame/cab Interface O13 Ep.9 A8
Frame/Cab 1 X112 Frame/cab Interface A16 Ep.15 O13
Engine/Cab 1 X113 Fusebox supply engine / cab interface A7 Ep.16 K7
Cab 1 X115 OBD diagnostic plug M4 Ep.28 I16
Frame X116 Manimux Power supply engine/frame interface C7 Ep.29 O15
Cab 1 X140 R4 Inching resistance option O4 EP.81 K16
Frame X148 A1 Manimux Power CN1-P1 G20 Ep.82 I17
Frame X149 A1 Manimux Power CN2-P1 G13 Ep.83 I27
Frame X185 DIAG RS 232 APC 120 K27
Frame X186 ECU APC 120 (Inching) I27
Engine X201 BF1/M1 Engine compartment fusebox BF1 A5
Frame X263 B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13
CAN Network
Components
Hydraulic
Item Designation Position on diagram
correspondence
A1 Manimux Power MP1 G14
A9 Manimux Cluster MC2 G5
B50 Vishay CAN gauge K13 Option
Manimux Cluster Econ.B 120
D3 Diode D3 C33 PAD tool
VCI
Fuses and relays
F12 Front windscreen wiper and windscreen washer (15A) E4 - CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power12)
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power12 ⇔ Econ.B 120)
110-02-M179EN (06/11/2018)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION A11
DIAGRAM 2 - CAN H-L / OBD PLUG (DIAGNOSTIC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
M Ma e C
M se e C b M
as ss a
Key:
as C a 1
M
se ha b
69
66
as
C ssi M2
C 4
AP 15
AP 70
67
s
AP 5
ha s
AP at
C
C
C
A A
ss M2
B
is
- CAN A: Manimux CAN (Cluster ⇔ Power1/Power2)
V
BF1 / M1 BF3 / M2 36
M
3
X113
X201 F45
10 1 71
EP 9
73
F22
35
- CAN B: Truck CAN (Power1 ⇔ APC 120)
X112
F41
7 2
72
F23
37 37 18 - A: Power supply
F44
6 1 ALIM. 1
F28
42
- M: Ground
10 mm2
F33
- LSS: Output safety line
X116 68 48
240
D3
C 240 241 C
68
BF3 / M1
F12
F9
E E
10 mm2
ALIM. 1
14
EP 5
154
155
190
191
192
14
86
35
36
87
88
89
90
91
CN1-P1 / X148
X13
G G
4 10 20 9 32 16 17 46 47 76 77 15 45 75
A M CN2-P1 / X149 A M
CLUSTER 71 24
A1 / MP 12 A10 / APC 120
R 120 ohm
A9 / MC2 284 57
High CAN A
High CAN A
Low CAN A
Low CAN A
L H X186
X13 3 11 1 24 38 8 31 44 43 14 74 73 25 90 11 42 41 71 72 22 23 45 36 39 6
285
335
301
300
143
107
Black
96
45
EP 81
I I
CAN B
CAN B EP 82
LSS
42 CAN B
CAN A
48 EP 83
1
Wake-up line
16
EP 28
14
6 CAN A
334
301
300
K 3 2 1
K
5 186 185 X185
EP 16
X263 3 2 5 4 1
11
PRISE
3 CAN B RS 232
CAN B
X115
M B50 M
CAN A
J 1939
J 1939
CAN B
285
284
X257
1 2 3 4
LSS
H
234
O 1 J 1939 12
O
R4
2 11
L J 1939
3
235 9
107 71
X140
143 7 45
187 8 95
EP 15 EP 29
6
CAN A 5 CAN A
X110
Q Q
110
S S
(06/11/2018) 110-02-M179EN
A12 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INCHING OPTION
3 – TRANSMISSION
MT 1440 INCHING / MT 1840 INCHING
Connectors DIAGRAM 3 – TRANSMISSION MT-X 1440 INCHING / MT-X 1840 INCHING
Wiring Component Position Hydraulic
Item Designation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
harness type name on diagram correspondence
M Ma
M se se
as s
Frame X 53 Y3 Forward electrovalve M5
as C C
se ha ab
C ssi M1
ha s